UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
AT   LOS  ANGELES 


-  ^ 


JOBBERS  OF 

WHITE  GO( 
MILLINERY  AND  FA 


WHITE  GOO 

Full  lines  of  Jaconet,  Swiss,  and  Nainsook  Muslin. 
Victoria  and  Bishop  Lawn,  Tarletans,  Table  and  Shii 
Quilts,  Ladies'  and  Gents'  Handkerchiefs,  of  every  i 
Loom  and  Crochet  Edgings 

To  this  department  we  have  lately  added  a  large 
Velvets. 

MILLINERY  GO 

Ladies'  and  Misses' Trimmed  and  Untrimmed  Hat; 
Feathers,  Flowers,  Millinery,  Laces,  and  Ornamer 
trimmed  to  order  by  the  best  city  milliners,  at  reast 
anteed  Ribbons  in  all  the  latest  styles  of  Sash,  C 
Neck  Ribbons,  Silk  and  Cotton  Velvet  Ribbons,  in  a 


FANCY  AND  FURNISH 

A  large    stock   of  Ladies'   and  Gents'  Neckwear    c 
Suspenders,  Ladies'  and   Children's  Belts,  in  Silk  and 
of  all  kinds,  Perfumery  and  Soaps,  Pipes,  Stationery, 

HOSIERY  AND  GI 

A  very  full  assortment  of  Gents'  Half  Hose,  L; 
brown,  white,  and  fancy,  both  in  Cotton  and  Wool. 
Gloves  in  the  city.  Gents',  Ladies'  and  Misses'  linei 
and  every  description  of  skin,  both  in  Gloves  and  Gal 


We  arc  prepared  to  do  business  on  t/i 
and  sell  goods  at  the  lowest  prices  to  n 
from  siic/i  buyers  we  invite  an  exaininatr 
they  visit  t/iis  market,  or  their  orders,  • 
shall  be  executed  promptly  and  satisfacto 


GUIDE 

TO 

HARLESTON 


VG  A  SKETCH  OF  THE  HISTORY  OF 
CHARLESTON,  S.  C. 


S    PRESENT   CONDITION, 


IUMEROUS   ENGRAVINGS. 


\m\}\  COMPILED  BY 

ARTHUR  MAZYCK,  ESQ., 

Librarian  of  the  Charleston  Library  Society. 


PRINTED    AND    PUBLISHED    BY 

R,     EVANS    &    COGSWELL; 

PRINTERS,  PUBLISHERS  AND  ADVERTISING  AGENTS. 

3  BROAD  STREET  AND  109  EAST  BAY, 

CHARLESTON,  S.  C. 


rco 


CROCKER y 


WILLIAM  L.  WEBB, 


SUCCESSOR    TO 

WEBB    &    SAGE, 

SUCCESSORS    TO 

CAMERON,   WEBB  &  CO., 

WHOLESALE  DEALER  IN  AND  DIRECT  IMPORTER  OP 


CHINA,  GLASS, 

Earthenware  and  Looking  Qlasses. 

ALSO,  DEALER  IN 

E     GOOIDS, 
Ware .   £  <•. 

No.  128  MEETING  STREET, 

One  Door  from  Hasel  Street, 

\  s.  e. 


PLAN    OF   CHARLESTON, 


As 

FORTIFICATIONS   IN 

1704,  B 

A. 

Granville's  Bastion. 

T. 

1. 

Craven's  Bastion. 

V. 

C. 

Carteret's  Bastion. 

W. 

D. 

Colleton  Bastion. 

i. 

E 

Ashley  Bastion. 

•z. 

F. 

Blake's  Bastion. 

3- 

G. 

Half  Moon  Bastion. 

4- 

H. 

Drawbridge. 

5- 

I 

Johnson's. 

6. 

K 

Drawbridge. 

7- 

L. 

Palisades. 

8. 

M. 

Rhett's  Bridge. 

9- 

N. 

K.  L.  Smith's  Bridge. 

10. 

0 

Minister's  House. 

ii. 

P. 

English  Church. 

1Z. 

S>- 

French  Church. 

13- 

R 

Independent  Church. 

14 

S. 

Anabaptist  Church. 

15- 

Quaker  Meeting  House. 
Court  of  Guards. 
First  Rice  Patch  in  Carolina. 
Pasquero  and  Garret's  House. 
Landsack's  House. 
John  Crosskey's    House. 
Chevalier's  House. 
George  Logan's   House. 
Poinsett's  House. 
Ellicott's  House. 
Starling's  House. 
M.  Boone's  House. 
Tradd's  House. 
Nat.  Law's   House. 
Landgrave  Smith's  House. 
Col.  Rhett's  House. 
Ben.  Skenking's  House. 
Sindery's  House. 


446157 


Life  ami  Annuity  Co0 

New  York, 

40  BROAD  STREET,  CHARLESTON. 

ASSETS.  $3,510,539.  -  -  -  INCOME,  $1,415,785. 

OFFICERS. 

ROBT.  L.  CASE,  PRESIDENT. 

THEO.   R.   WETMORE.  VICE-PRESIDENT. 

ISAAC  H.   ALLEN,  SECRETARY. 

ROBT.   L.   CASE,  JR.,  ACTUARY. 


This  Company  issues  Life,  Non-forfeiture,  In  Ten  Payments,  Endowment, 
and  Annuity  Policies,  on  the  most  favorable  terms  Dividends  are  declared 
annually  after  the  first  year.  Premiums  can  be  paid  annually,  semi-annually , 
or  quarterly.  All  Policies  are  non-forfeiting  after  three  annual  premiums 
have  been  paid  in  cash. 

No  Distinction  made  between  Policy  Holders  North  or  South. 
NO    RESTRICTION    ON    RESIDENCE     OR    TRAVEL. 

A  FEW  GOOD  AGENTS  WANTED. 

To  such  liberal  inducements  will  be  offered  by 

LOOIS  SH11PESI1, 

GENERAL  AGENT  FOR  NORTH  AND  SOUTH  CAROLINA, 
Office,  No.  40  Broad  St.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 

O.  P.  HAY, 

Superintendent  of  Agencies  for  the  Carolina:, 
Office,  CHARLESTON,   S.  C. 


I.  H.  HALL  &  CO. 

Office  and  Warerooms, 

2,  4,  6,  8, 10  MARKET  ST.!  225  &  227  EAST  BAY, 

r.  8.  c. 


We  have  now  in  store  (and  manufacture)  the  largest  stock 
in  the  city  of 


MOULDINGS,    BRACKETS, 


"Window  and  Door  Frames,  Flooring  Boards,  &c. 
Stair  Rails,  Balusters    Newels, 

Marble,  Wool,  and  Slate  Mantels, 

BUILDERS'    HARDWARE, 

Wire  Window  Guards, 
WHITB  PINE,  MAHOGANY  AID  WiLTOf  . 

All  Jkta^s  of  Fane?  Ltimfter, 

Window  Glass,  French  and  American, 

GROUND,  CUT,  AND  ENAM3LLED  GLASS,  ALL  OOLOE3  AND  STYLES, 


Glaziers'  Points,  Diamonds,  and  Knives. 

Before  purchasing  your  material,  consult  your  interest,  and  buy  at  our  GREATLY 
REDUCED  PRICES  to  suit  the  times.  We  buy  for  Cash  and  can  afford  to  sell  at  very 
low  price*:  Terms  Cash.  I.  H.  HALL  &  CO.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 

S01@  Ag&ate  far  QQWAQB  09&QB  PAitiT  QQ, 

All  Paints  ground  in   Pure  Linseed  Oil,  put  up  in  5,  12},  and  25  Ib.  Cans. 
Also,  I.  W.  lOEI'S  BOOPISS  lATEBIALS,  F&IH2S,  &e. 

CAUTION.—  Beware  of  Paints  that  arc  sold  by  the  gallon.  The  liquid  part  being 
generally  composed  of  Water  and  Oil,  chemically  combined  in  the  proportion  of  about 
1  gals  water  to  I  gal.  oil.  Such  Paints  cannot  give  satisfaction. 


C  O  N  T  E  N  TS. 


PAGE. 

Blockaders,  Attack  by   Confederate  Gunboats, 89 

Bombardment   of  the  City,      92 

Calhoun,  Hon.  J.  C     Funeral  of 69 

Confederate    Home, 133 

Evacuation  of  the   City  by  Confederates, 94 

Fort  Moultrie,  Battle  of 36 

Fort  Sumter,  Attack  by  Federal    Fleet, 90 

Fort  Sumter,  Capture  by  the  Confederates, 81 

Huguenot  Church 126 

Magnolia  Cemetery, 117 

Mexican   War, 66 

Morris  Island,  Attack  by  Federal   Forces, 90 

Mount  Pleasant, 112 

Nullification,      .    .   • 67 

Occupation  of  the  City   by   the  British, 41 

Population, 5 

Proprietary  Government  Abolished, 16 

Revolution,      35 

Secession, 54,  77 

Secession ville,   Battle  of    .- 88 

Settlement  of  Charlestown, 9,  II 

Sullivan's  Island, 108 

Summerville, 114 

Trade    and    Commerce, 98 

Washington    Monument, 121 


Photo,  by  Barnard. 


Eng.  by  Photo.  Ens-  Co.,  A'.  Y. 


WINS  OF  THE  CATHEDRAL. 


DESCRIPTION 


CHARLESTON,  S.  C 


BEAUTIFUL  as  a  dream,  tinged  with  romance,  con- 
secrated by  tradition,  glorified  by  history,  rising  from 
the  very  bosom  of  the  waves,  like  a  fairy  city  created 
by  the  enchanter's  wand,  Charleston  affords  a  fit  theme 
for  poet,  novelist,  historian,  and  tourist.  The  family 
names  of  the  Cavaliers  and  Huguenots  still  live  to 
tell  of  the  origin  of  the  people;  Moultrie  still  frowns 
above  the  bay  that  resounded  to  the  first  cannon  of 
the  first  revolution  a  hundred  years  ago  ;  grim  vis- 
aged  Sumter  stands  a  melancholy  witness  of  heroic 
deeds  of  later  times.  These  are  the  three  salient 
points  that  strike  the  mind  as  the  fabric  of  her  history 
is  scanned  ;  but  the  Indian  wars,  the  French  war,  the 
Spanish  invasion,  the  Mexican  war,  political  contests 
without  number,  serve  to  fill  in  the  sketch,  like  minor 
turrets  on  the  great  wall  of  peaceful  years,  which, 
after  all,  is,  indeed,  the  basis  and  the  body  of  the 


2  Charleston  Illustrated. 

structure.     Before   turning   back  to   trace  the   story 
here  so  dimly  outlined,  let  us  take  a  glance  at 

THE  CITY  AS  IT  IS. 

Charleston  is  situated  on  a  tongue  of  land  between 
the  Ashley  and  the  Cooper  Rivers,  and  at  the  head 
of  an  extensive,  yet  land-locked  bay,  affording  the 
safest  and  most  commodious  harbor  on  the  Atlantic 
coast.  It  is  the  only  city  on  the  American  Conti- 
nent from  which  the  ocean  can  be  seen.  The  bay  is 
a  beautiful  sheet  of  water,  three  miles  wide,  and  at 
the  city  forty  feet  deep,  affording  ample  sea  room  for 
the  commerce  of  the  world.  Around  the  neck  of 
this  bay  lies  a  bead-work  of  rich  islands,  producing 
the  premium  cotton  and  rice  of  the  world,  with  their 
waters  abounding  in  fish  and  game.  To  the  back  of 
the  city,  within  ten  miles,  lie  truck  farms  producing 
four  crops  per  annum,  and  beyond  these  the  inex- 
haustible phosphate  beds  of  untold  fertilizing  wealth. 

Spread  a  map  before  you,  and  pass  your  eye  from 
St.  Louis  to  Charleston,  S.  C.,  and  you  will  trace  the 
shortest  road  to  the  ocean,  and  almost  a  bee-line  along 
the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad,  affording  the  shortest 
line  to  California,  tapping  the  great  valleys  of  the 
West,  intersecting  the  grain-growing  and  cattle-rais- 
ing States,  cutting  the  great  cotton  belt,  and  branch- 
ing off  to  all  the  rich  marts  of  trade  and  splendid 
cities  along  the  line.  If  it  be  the  fixed  law  of  com- 
merce to  take  the  shortest  and  cheapest  route,  Charles- 
ton has  no  rival,  and  opens  the  finest  sea-gate  to  the 


CJiarleston  Illustrated.  3 

West  on  the  American  Continent.  Two  lines  of 
railroad  connect  the  city  with  the  North  and  South, 
and  only  a  few  connecting  links  are  wanting  to  give 
us  three  competing  lines  to  the  West,  and  these  are 
being  rapidly  supplied  by  energetic  men.  Railroads 
in  the  city  run  down  to  the  wharves  and  deliver 
produce  alongside  the  shipping,  affording  thereby  a 
prompt  and  safe  landing  of  goods.  The  fruit,  sugar, 
coffee,  tobacco,  and  tropical  productions  of  Cuba,  the 
West  Indies,  and  South  America,  come  directly  to 
our  port  in  large  shipments,  and  that  the  year  round. 
Our  harbor  is  never  frozen  ;  steamers  and  railroads 
never  obstructed,  delaying  transportation  and  increas- 
ing expenses.  Steamers  ply  weekly,  or  more  fre- 
quently, from  this  port  to  New  York,  Philadelphia, 
Boston,  Baltimore,  Savannah,  and  other  places.  From 
early  spring,  in  February,  to  the  fall,  they  supply  the 
North  with  vegetables  in  great  variety  and  of  un- 
surpassed quality.  Strawberries,  peas,  beans,  pota- 
toes, squashes,  cucumbers,  tomatoes,  melons,  cabbage, 
and  other  table  plants,  are  shipped  in  immense  quan- 
tities from  farms  adjacent  to  the  city.  Thousands  of 
tons  of  phosphate,  both  in  crude  rock  and  manipu- 
lated, were  sent  off  last  season,  and  some  of  it  was 
exported  to  Europe. 

The  city  is  about  three  miles  long  from  the  Bat- 
tery to  the  Forks  of  the  road,  and  about  two  miles 
wide  at  the  widest  points,  and  half  a  mile  at  the  nar- 
rowest. The  streets  are  irregular  and  run  around  in 
quite  a  labyrinthian  fashion,  cutting  up  the  town  into 
all  sorts  of  quadrangles,  and  seeming  at  first  to  make 


4  Charleston  Illustrated. 

its  topography  quite  a  puzzle  ;  but  if  a  stranger  will 
fix  in  his  memory  Rutledge,  Meeting,  King,  Church, 
and  East  Bay  streets,  running  up  and  down,  and 
Broad,  Wentworth,  Calhoun,  and  Cannon  streets, 
running  across,  he  will  soon  find  himself  able  to  solve, 
without  assistance,  all  problems  as  to  locality  and 
distance.  King  street  is  generally  known  as  the 
fashionable  promenade  and  shopping  street ;  Meeting 
street  as  the  locality  for  the  jobbing  trade  in  dry 
goods,  clothing,  shoes,  crockery,  etc.;  East  Bay  as 
the  street  for  grocers,  ship  chandlers,  etc.;  and  Broad 
street  for  banks,  lawyers,  and  brokers.  In  King  street, 
above  Queen  street,  on  both  sides,  and  just  below  it 
on  the  east  side,  are  a  number  of  stores,  erected  since 
the  war,  and  filling  up  almost  completely  the  ugly  gap 
in  the  street  made  by  the  great  fire  of  1861.  Above 
this,  again,  the  stores  improve  in  size  and  appearance, 
and  are  occupied  by  the  more  important  retail  dealers, 
until  you  reach  Calhoun  street.  Above  that  you 
have  about  two  miles  of  small  stores,  with  here  and 
there  a  really  fine  store.  The  business  part  of  Meet- 
ing street  is  between  Wentworth  and  Market  streets, 
supplementing  itself  with  Hayne  street,  a  short  street 
running  from  Meeting  to  Church  street,  and  on  which 
are  establishments  of  some  of  the  largest  houses  in 
the  city.  The  grocery  business,  on  East  Bay,  extends 
from  Market  street  to  Broad  street.  The  banks  clus- 
ter around  the  corner  of  East  Bay  and  Broad  streets, 
while  the  lawyers  and  brokers  stretch  along  Broad 
street  from  East  Bay  to  Meeting  street.  The  finest 
residences  are  to  be  seen  on  East  and  South  Battery, 


Charleston  Illustrated.  5 

Meeting  street,  below  Broad  street,  Rutledge  street 
and  Avenue,  and  the  west  end  of  Wentworth  street. 

The  offices  of  the  factors,  and  the  seat  of  the 
cotton  trade,  the  leading  business  in  the  city,  are  on 
the  wharves,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  city,  below 
Market  street.  The  population  of  Charleston,  accord- 
ing to  the  United  States  census  for  1870,  was  forty- 
eight  thousand  nine  hundred  and  fifty-six;  of  these 
twenty-six  thousand  two  hundred  and  seven  were 
whites,  and  twenty-two  thousand  seven  hundred  and 
forty-nine  were  blacks  or  colored.  The  white  popu- 
lation is  now  probably  several  thousand  larger,  while 
the  colored  population  is  at  a  stand-still,  or  has  in- 
creased very  little.  The  weekly  bills  of  mortality 
show  a  much  larger  proportion  of  deaths  among  the 
colored  population  than  among  the  whites,  and  if  the 
white  population  is  alone  considered,  Charleston  can 
be  shown  to  be  one  of  the  healthiest  cities  in  the 
United  States. 

In  a  commercial  and  business  point  of  view,  Charles- 
ton is  the  only  city  between  Baltimore  and  New 
Orleans  that  has  the  geographical  position  to  com- 
mand trade  and  prosperity.  Nearer  than  any  other 
Atlantic  port  to  the  great  grain  States  of  the  North- 
west, the  natural  terminus  of  any  Southern  Pacific 
railroad,  with  no  seaport  of  any  consequence  nearer 
to  it  on  the  north  than  Norfolk,  nor  on  the  south 
than  New  Orleans,  it  becomes  necessarily  the  empo- 
rium of  direct  trade  between  the  South  and  Europe, 
and  of  the  coast  trade  between  the  South  and  the 
Northern  and  Kastern  States.  Manufactures  in  va- 


Charleston  Illustrated.  7 

rious  branches  have  been  undertaken  since  the  war, 
and  have  met  with  wonderful  success.  A  more  de- 
tailed account  of  the  commerce  of  the  City,  as  well 
as  of  the  jobbing  trade,  and  various  manufacturing 
establishments,  hotels,  churches,  places  of  amuse- 
ment, etc.,  will  be  given  in  another  part  of  the  book, 
but  enough  has  been  said  at  present  as  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  following  historical  sketch. 


HISTORICAL   SKETCH 


CHARLESTON,  S.  C 


THE  City  of  Charleston  owes  its  origin  to  a  party  of 
English  Colonists,  sent  over  by  the  Lords  Proprietors, 
under  Col.  William  Sayle,  in  the  year  1669.  These 
Proprietors  were  Edward,  Earl  of  Clarendon;  George, 
Duke  of  Albemarle ;  William,  Lord  Craven ;  John, 
Lord  Berkley  ;  Anthony,  Lord  Ashley  ;  Sir  George 
Carteret ;  Sir  William  Berkley,  and  Sir  John  Colleton, 
to  whom  an  extensive  grant  of  lands  in  America, 
including  the  whole  of  the  Carolinas,  had  been  made 
in  1663,  by  Charles  II. 

Several  expeditions  were  sent  out  by  them,  but 
that  under  Col.  Sayle  was  the  first  to  make  a  perma- 
nent settlement.  The  Colonists  landed  first  at  Port 
Royal,  attracted  thither  by  its  fine  harbor,  but  it  was 
too  near  the  Spanish  settlements  in  Florida,  and  the 
Indian  tribes  allied  with  the  Spaniards,  for  the  peace 
or  safety  of  the  Colony,  and  they  soon  determined  to 
move  further  up  the  coast.  Leaving  between  them- 


Charleston  Illustrated.  9 

selves  and  their  enemies  the  several  rivers  and  bays 
which  indent  the  coast  of  Carolina  between  Port  Royal 
and  Charleston,  they  selected  as  the  site  of  their  town  : 
a  spot  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Ashley,  about  three 
miles  above  the  present  city,  and  called  it,  in  honor 
of  the  King,  Charles  Town. 

In  a  little  while  it  was  found  that  the  situation  of 
the  town  was  inconvenient  for  shipping,  and  by  de- 
grees the  inhabitants  began  to  establish  themselves 
nearer  the  sea. 

The  point  formed  by  the  confluence  of  the  Ashley 
and  Cooper  Rivers,  and  known  as  Oyster  Point,  was 
low  and  marshy,  and  cut  up  by  numerous  creeks,  but 
there  was  sufficient  high  ground  on  the  Cooper  River 
side  to  afford  room  for  a  settlement,  and  in  the  course 
of  a  few  years  (1677)  there  were  enough  houses  built 
upon  it  to  need  sorrre  designation,  and  it  was  called 
by  the  rather  humble  title  of  Oyster  Point  Town. 

In  1680,  so  large  a  majority  of  the  people  had  re- 
moved to  this  spot  that  it  was  formally  made  the  seat 
of  government,  and  called  New  Charles  Town.  Two 
years  later  the  former  settlement  was  virtually  aban- 
doned, and  the  new  one  became  the  only  Charles 
Town.  It  was  at  that  time  declared  a  port  of  entry, 
and  in  1685  a  Collector  was  appointed.  The  city  was 
incorporated  under  its  present  name  of  Charleston,  by 
the  State  Legislature,  in  1783. 

Of  the  first  settlement  on  the  Ashley  there  is  now 
scarcely  a  trace  remaining ;  the  creek  immediately 
below  it  is  called  Old  Town  Creek,  and  a  half-filled 
ditch  is  sometimes  pointed  out  as  having  formed  part 


io  Charleston  Illustrated. 

of  the  works  for  the  defence  of  the  town  ;  but  there  is 
nothing  to  show  on  what  plan  it  was  laid  out,  or  what 
was  its  extent  or  character. 

On  looking  at  any  early  plan  of  our  present  City 
we  are  hardly  surprised  that  it  should  not  have  been 
at  first  selected  as  the  site  upon  which  to  build,  and 
we  cannot  too  greatly  admire  the  energy  and  patience 
of  the  men  who  triumphed  over  the  difficulties  which 
nature  interposed,  and  laid  the  foundations  of  the  City 
destined  to  play  so  important  a  part  in  the  history  of 
America. 

We  select  as  our  illustration  (see  frontispiece]  the 
plan  from  a  survey  made  by  Edward  Crisp,  in  1704, 
which  will  show  the  topography  of  the  town  and  sur- 
rounding country,  and  give  some  idea  of  what  were 
the  difficulties  to  which  we  have  alluded.  In  the 
space  now  included  between  Water  and  Calhoun 
streets  there  were  no  less  than  ten  large  creeks,  with 
numerous  branches,  besides  several  ponds  and  low 
marshy  spots.  The  town  at  that  period  was  bounded 
on  the  south  by  a  creek  which  occupied  the  site  of 
Water  street,  and  which  was  then  or  soon  after  known 
as  Vanderhorst's  Creek ;  on  the  north  by  another 
large  creek,  where  the  market  now  is ;  on  the  east 
by  Cooper  River,  the  shore  of  which  was  much  fur- 
ther in  than  it  now  is,  covering  all  the  land  now  occu- 
pied by  the  offices  and  warehouses  on  the  east  side 
of  East  Bay  street,  while  the  western  boundary  was 
just  a  little  beyond  Meeting  street. 

Within  the  first  year  thirty  houses  were  built, 
mostly  of  wood.  We  will  mention  a  few  of  those  laid 


Charleston  Illustrated.  \  I 

down  on  the  map,  so  as  to  show  the  principal  locali- 
ties first  settled  upon. 

The  intersection  of  Broad  and  Church  streets  may 
be  taken  as  the  central  spot  of  the  town;  the  corners 
being  occupied,  respectively,  as  follows  : 

1.  Pasquero  and  Garrett's  house,  north-east  corner, 
the  site  now  occupied  by  Messrs.  Klinck,  Wickenberg 
&  Co. 

2.  Landsack's  house,  north-west  corner,  now  occu- 
pied by  the  building  of  the  Charleston  Library  Society. 

3.  John  Croskey's  house,  south-west  corner,   now 
occupied  by  the  store  of  Messrs.  Jno.  Paul  &  Co. 

4.  Chevelier's  house,  south-east  corner,  site    now 
occupied  by  a  building  owned  by  C.  Plenge. 

Tradd's  house  stood  on  the  north-west  corner  of 
Tradd  and  East  Bay  streets.  The  site  was  afterwards 
owned  by  Gen.  Pinckney. 

Landgrave  Thomas  Smith's  house  was  on  the 
south-west  corner  of  East  Bay  and  Longitude  lane. 
On  the  lot  in  rear  of  this  house  the  first  rice  ever 
raised  in  Carolina  was  planted,  about  the  year  1693. 
The  last  traces  of  the  old  settlement  are  now  gone, 
and  the  extensive  buildings  of  the  Palmetto  Cotton 
Press  Company  are  being  erected  on  the  land. 

Col.  Rhett's  house  was  on  the  west  side  of  the 
Bay,  near  Unity  alley,  on  the  site  now  occupied  by 
the  Planters'  and  Mechanics'  Bank. 

On  the  east  side  of  Bay  street,  directly  opposite 
Broad  street  was  the  Court  of  Guards  or  Garrison. 

The  Public  Market  was  at  the  western  limit  of  the 
town,  where  the  City  Hall  now  stands. 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


ST.    MICHAEL'S. 


The  English  Church  (St.  Philip's)  was  built  1681-2, 
on  the  south-east  corner  of  Broad  and  Meeting  streets, 
the  site  now  occupied  by  St.  Michael's  Church. 

The  French  Church  (Huguenot)  was  on  the  lot  of 


Cliarlcston  Illustrated,  \  3 

land    occupied    by    the    present    French    Protestant 
Church. 

The  Independent  Church  was  on  the  east  side  of 
Meeting  street,  on  the  spot  now  marked  by  the  ruins 
of  the  Circular  Church  ;  and  the  Baptist,  or  Anabap- 
tist, was  on  the  west  side  of  Church  street,  a  little 
above  Water,  where  the  Baptist  Church  now  stands. 

There  was  also  a  Quaker  meeting  house,  but  that 
was  outside  of  the  limits  of  the  town,  and  stood  on  a 
lot  on  the  east  side  of  King  street,  a  few  doors  below 
Queen. 

The  site  of  the  present  Court  House  was  a  large 
pond,  but  this  was  probably  artificial,  being  caused  by 
the  digging  of  several  deep  trenches  for  defence 
against  a  threatened  invasion  of  the  Indians  in  1/03. 
It  was  not  drained  until  1756. 

The  land  was  deeply  indented  at  the  foot  of  Queen 
street,  forming  a  kind  of  natural  dock,  whence  its 
name  at  that  time  of  Dock  street. 

Dr.  Ramsay  in  his  history  mentions  that  the  north 
end  of  Union  street  (now  State  street)  was  planted 
with  rice  as  late  as  1755. 

At  the  extreme  point  of  the  Peninsula  outside  of 
the  town,  on  the  point  called  Oyster  Point,  aad  after- 
wards White  Point,  was  the  old  Watch  House. 

The  town  consisted  in  all  of  eight  streets  and  one 
alley,  viz  :  Tradd,  Elliott,  Broad,  and  Queen,  running 
east  and  west  from  Bay  street  to  Church  and  Meeting  ; 
and  Bay,  Union,  Church  and  Meeting  streets,  and 
Bedon's  alley,  running  north  and  south. 

For  protection  against  enemies  from  abroad  as  well 


14  Charleston  Illustrated. 

as  the  Indians,  who  frequently  threatened  the  safety 
of  the  inhabitants,  the  town  was  fortified  by  bastions 
at  the  salient  points,  connected  by  earthworks. 

Ashley's  bastion  stood  on  the  northern  margin  of 
Vanderhorst's  creek  (Water  street) ;  to  the  east  of  this, 
across  the  creek,  was  Granville's  bastion,  while  south- 
east of  the  latter,  on  the  hardage,  or  beach,  was  a 
detached  battery,  or  bastion,  called  Blake's  bastion. 

Craven's  bastion  was  on  th&  southern  margin  of  the 
creek  which  formed  the  upper  boundary  of  the  town, 
that  is  about  the  corner  of  East  Bay  and  Market 
streets.  Carteret's  was  on  a  line  with  it  and  Meeting 
street,  and  Colleton's  at  the  point  where  Vander- 
horst's creek  crossed  Meeting  street,  /.  e.  at  Price's 
alley.  At  each  end  of  Broad  street  was  a  half-moon, 
or  detached  bastion,  that  at  the  western  extremity 
being  called  Johnson's  half-moon. 

Within  these  limits  the  town  was  comprehended 
until  the  year  1743,  by  which  time  it  had  outgrown 
its  limits,  and  a  new  survey  was  made,  which  added 
several  squares.  The  northern  boundary  was  ex- 
tended to  a  line  near  Beaufain  street,  continued  from 
river  to  river,  and  the  western  to  the  Ashley.  Among 
the  principal  streets,  added  at  this  time,  were  Lam- 
boll,  Legare,  Orange,  and  Friend,  below  Broad  street, 
and  Mazyck,  Archdale,  Clifford,  Beresford,  and  Maga- 
zine, above  it.  By  degrees  these  boundaries  extended 
themselves  and  new  streets  and  squares  were  added, 
which  were  from  time  to  time  included  in  the  muni- 
cipality. 

Such    was    the    early    topography    of  the   city    of 


Charleston  Illustrated.  15 

Charleston,  which  we  have  described  in  order  that  it 
may  be  seen  how  the  city  gradually  extended  itself 
to  its  present  limits. 

As  to  the  inhabitants,  we  have  seen  that  the  first  set- 
tlers were  Englishmen.  They  were  of  various  classes 
and  conditions  of  life  ;  some  of  them  Cavaliers,  friends 
or  connexions  of  the  Lords  Proprietors,  whom  an 
adventurous  spirit  led  to  visit  the  new  world  ;  others, 
men  of  lower  degree,  seeking  their  fortunes  under 
circumstances  of  greater  freedom  than  the  condition 
of  affairs  in  Great  Britain  at  that  time  permitted. 

They  were  joined  in  the  years  1685  and  1686  by  a 
number  of  Huguenots,  whom  the  revocation  of  the 
edict  of  Nantz  had  driven  from  France,  and  these 
soon  formed  an  important  part  of  the  population.  A 
few  brought  money  with  them  and  were  able  at  once 
to  enter  into  commerce  and  to  become  landholders. 
All  of  them  were  trained  to  habits  of  industry,  and 
the  strict,  almost  austere  nature  of  their  religion,  and 
the  trials  which  they  had  gone  through,  made  them 
earnest,  hard-working  men,  well  fitted  to  combat  the 
many  difficulties  and  disappointments  incident  to  the 
settlement  of  a  wild  and  untried  country. 

Immigrants  from  other  parts  of  the  world  also,  for 
various  reasons,  found  their  way  to  the  new  town. 
These  different  elements  naturally  took  some  time  to 
settle  into  a  state  of  harmony.  The  Cavaliers  and  the 
Puritans  could  not  easily  forget  their  old  feuds,  and 
the  French  were  for  a  long  time  regarded  as  aliens, 
and  debarred  from  all  political  privileges. 

But  the  common  dangers  and   labors   which  they 


1 6  Charleston  Illustrated. 

had  to  undergo  together,  and  the  necessity  of  com- 
bined action,  in  time  caused  their  differences  to  be 
forgotten  and  all  worked  together  for  the  general 
good. 

South  Carolina,  however,  showed  a  revolutionary 
spirit  very  early.  We  have  seen  that  the  province 
was  under  the  exclusive  control  of  the  Lords  Pro- 
prietors ;  they  appointed  the  governors,  who  adminis- 
tered the  laws  as  laid  down  in  constitutions,  framed 
by  them  or  under  their  direction,  the  most  famous  of 
which  was  that  said  to  have  been  constructed  by  the 
philosopher,  John  Locke.  It  was  in  this  that  provision 
was  made  for  certain  titles  of  nobility,  among  them 
that  of  Landgrave,  which  we  have  seen  applied  to 
Mr.  Thomas  Smith.  • 

From  a  very  early  period  difficulties  were  continu- 
ally arising  between  the  people  and  their  rulers  ;  the 
various  grounds  of  difference  were  too  numerous, 
and  too  complex,  to  set  down  here.  It  is  sufficient  to 
observe  that  the  Proprietors  away  in  England  could 
neither  understand  nor  sympathize  with  the  condition 
of  the  colonists  here,  and  while  on  the  one  hand  they 
were  unable  or  unwilling  to  fulfil  many  of  their 
pledges  to  the  crown  and  to  the  poople  of  the  colony, 
on  the  other  they  were  frequently  disposed  to  usurp 
greater  powers  than  were  granted  to  them.  At  length 
in  the  year  1719,  the  people  formed  a  secret  scheme 
for  throwing  off  the  government  of  the  Proprietors, 
and  putting  themselves  directly  under  that  of  the 
British  Crown,  and,  in  December  of  that  year,  they 
formally  notified  the  Governor,  Robert  Johnson,  of 


Charleston  Illustrated.  17 

their  intention.  Johnson  of  course  endeavored  to 
maintain  his  position,  but  the  people  standing  firm, 
he  perceived  that  resistance  would  be  useless. 

They  chose  James  Moore  as  their  governor,  subject 
to  the  direct  authority  of  the  British  Government. 

Having  thus  briefly  sketched  the  first  settlement  of 
our  City,  we  turn  naturally  to  those  landmarks  which 
remain  either  in  their  original  form,  or  so  changed 
as  to  illustrate  its  present  condition  ;  and  first  among 
these,  in  point  of  time,  as  well  as  on  account  of  its 
many  interesting  associations  comes 

ST.  PHILIP'S  CHURCH. 

In  the  original  plan  of  Charles  Town,  a  lot  was  set 
apart  for  a  church,  and  upon  this  lot,  at  the  south- 
east corner  of  Broad  and  Meeting  streets,  the  site  of 
the  present  St.  Michael's,  the  first  Episcopal  Church 
in  the  province,  was  built  in  1681-82.  It  was  usually 
called  the  English  Church,  but  its  distinctive  name 
was  St.  Philip's.  We  learn  that  it  was  built  of  black 
cypress,  on  a  brick  foundation,  but  not  much  is  known 
of  the  particulars  of  its  appearance.  In  March, 
1710-11,  an  Act  of  Assembly  was  passed  for  the 
building  of  a  new  church  of  brick,  the  one  just  re- 
ferred to  having  begun  to  decay,  and  being  rather  too 
small  for  the  increased  size  of  the  congregation.  This 
second  church  was  built  on  the  site  occupied  by  the 
present  one  on  the  east  side  of  Church  street,  a  short 
distance  above  Queen  ;  it  was  first  opened  for  divine 
service  in  1723,  but  was  not  entirely  finished  until 


18 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


res 


1727;  in  fact,  the  steeple  was  never  carried  to  the 
height  originally  intended,  thus  marring  the  effect  of 
the  architecture.  It  was,  notwithstanding  this,  a  very 
elegant  and  imposing  building,  and  continued  for 


Charleston  Illustrated.  19 

upwards  of  a  hundred  years,  the  pride  and  admiration 
of  all  who  were  connected  with  it. 

On  Sunday  morning,  February  15,  1835,  a  fire 
broke  out  in  some  buildings  to  the  north  of  the 
Church,  and  the  wind  blowing  strongly  from  that 
direction,  sparks  were  lodged  in  the  wood  work  of 
the  steeple,  which  soon  caught,  and  in  a  very  short 
time  the  whole  building  was  so  enveloped  in  the 
flames  that  all  the  efforts  of  the  citizens  who  flocked 
to  the  scene  were  unavailing,  and  it  was  completely 
destroyed,  to  the  great  grief  of  the  entire  community 
as  well  as  of  its  own  congregation. 

Preparations  were  immediately  made  to  repair  the 
loss,  and  on  the  I2th  November  of  the  same  year  the 
corner  stone  of  the  present  Church  was  laid,  with 
appropriate  ceremonies,  on  the  same  site. 

Service  was  first  held  in  it  on  the  3rd  May,  1838, 
and  it  was  consecrated  by  Bishop  Bowen,  on  the  pth 
November  of  the  same  year.  It  is  a  very  beautiful 
edifice,  with  a  graceful  spire  on  the  western  extremity, 
rising  two  hundred  feet ;  the  interior,  with  its  lofty 
arched  roof,  profusely  ornamented  and  supported  by 
perfect  Corinthian  columns,  is  remarkable  for  the  ele- 
gance and  correctness  of  its  architecture.  It  was 
furnished  with  an  excellent  chime  of  bells,  but  these 
were  broken  up  and  cast  into  cannon  during  the  late 
war,  and  as  yet  the  means  of  the  Church  have  not 
been  sufficient  to  replace  them.  The  clock  in  the 
steeple  has  long  been  disused. 

There  are  two  cemeteries  attached  to  the  Church, 
one  immediately  around  it,  and  the  other  across 


2O  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Church  street,  extending  back  to  the  cemetery  of  the 
Independent  Church.  Near  the  centre  of  this  second 
cemetery  stands  a  square  brick  tomb,  covered  with  a 
plain  marble  slab,  where  rest  the  remains  of  Calhoun. 

ST.  MICHAEL'S  CHURCH. 

The  history  of  St.  Michael's  Church  is  so  intimately 
associated  with  that  of  St.  Philip's  that,  although  it 
does  not  follow  in  strict  chronological  order,  we  natu- 
rally look  next  for  it. 

An  Act  of  Assembly,  passed  June  14,  1751,  divided 
the  town  into  two  Parishes  ;  all  north  of  Broad  street 
to  be  called  St.  Philip's,  and  all  south  of  it  St.  Mi- 
chael's. The  same  Act  directed  the  building  of  a 
Church  on  the  site  lately  occupied  by  St.  Philip's,  at 
the  south-east  corner  of  Broad  and  Meeting  streets. 
The  South  Carolina  Gazette,  of  February  22,  1752, 
states  that  the  corner  stone  of  the  new  Church  was 
laid  with  much  ceremony,  on  the  I7th  of  that  month; 
it  further  mentions  that  "  this  Church  will  be  built  on 
the  plan  of  one  of  Mr.  Gibson's  designs,"  but  nothing 
more  is  known  of  the  architect.  The  entire  cost  of 
construction  was  only  $32,755.87.  It  is  of  brick, 
rough  cast,  and  is  now  colored  white.  The  outside 
dimensions  are,  length  one  hundred  and  thirty 
feet;  width  sixty  feet;  the  steeple  is  one  hundred 
and  eighty  feet  in  height,  and  was  for  a  long  time 
unsurpassed  for  its  architectural  beauty  by  any  in 
America.  There  is  a  peculiar  repose  and  stability 
about  the  entire  structure,  which  never  fails  to  im- 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


21 


S  CHURCH,   (LOOKING  NORTH.) 


press  the  beholder.  The  steeple  is  a  very  prominent 
landmark,  and  can  be  seen  at  sea  for  several  miles. 
During  the  late  war  the  greater  part  of  the  shells  from 
the  Federal  batteries,  on  Morris  Island,  were  aimed 
directly  at  it,  but  strange  to  say  it  was  not  once 
struck.  The  body  of  the  Church  was  several  times 
struck,  but  without  very  serious  injury. 

The  Church  was   first  opened  for  divine   worship 


22  Charleston  Illustrated. 

February  I,  1761.  The  bells  and  clock  were  im- 
ported from  England  in  1764,  and  the  organ  in  1768. 
The  history  of  these  bells  is  peculiarly  interesting. 
When  the  British  evacuated  Charleston,  in  December, 
1782,  Major  Traille,  of  the  Royal  Artillery,  seized  the 
bells  on  the  pretence  that  they  were  a  military  per- 
quisite. The  citizens  applied  for  them  on  the  ground 
that  they  had  been  purchased  by  private  subscrip- 
tion, and  Sir  Guy  Carleton  issued  an  order  for  their 
restoration,  but  they  had  already  been  shipped  to 
England,  where  they  were  sold  and  purchased  by  a 
Mr.  Ryhineu,  and  reshipped.  They  arrived  in  Charles- 
ton in  November,  1783,  and  were  immediately  taken 
possession  of  and  replaced  in  the  belfry. 

In  1 86 1  they  were  removed  to  Columbia  for  safety, 
and  when  that  city  was  burned  by  Sherman,  they 
were  so  much  injured  by  fire  as  to  be  rendered  en- 
tirely useless  ;  two  of  them  were  stolen  and  could 
never  be  recovered. 

In  the  Spring  of  1866,  they  were  again  sent  to 
England  to  be  recast ;  this  was  done  by  the  succes- 
sors of  the  firm  that  had  made  them  a  hundred  years 
before,  from  the  same  patterns,  and  on  the  i8th  Feb- 
ruary, 1867,  the  eight  bells,  as  nearly  identical  as 
possible  with  the  original  ones,  were  landed  in 
Charleston  ;  they  were  detained  in  the  Custom  House 
stores  for  some  time,  until  arrangements  could  be 
made  for  the  payment  of  the  very  heavy  duty, 
amounting  to  upwards  of  two  thousand  dollars,  but 
on  the  2  ist  March,  1867,  they  were  again  placed  in 
the  steeple,  and  the  familiar  chimes  once  more  rang 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


out.  No  sound  appeals  so  touchingly  to  the  heart  of 
a  Charlestonian  as  these  old  bells,  and  their  return 
was  a  source  of  deep  emotion. 

The  Cemetery  of  St.  Michael's  extends  on  the  south 
to  St.  Michael's  Alley,  and  in  rear  of  the  Church  to 
the  Mansion  House  lot ;  in  it  are  interred  the  remains 
of  many  of  Charleston's  most  honored  citizens. 

We  turn  next  to  the 

EXCHANGE,    OK    POST    OFFICE. 

We  have  seen  that  the  old  Court  of  Guards  stood 
on  the  east  side  of  the  Bay,  facing  Broad  street.  In 


Clunicston  Illustrated.  25 

1761,  an  Act  of  Assembly  was  passed  for  the  erection 
on  this  site  of  an  Exchange,  the  contract  for  building  it 
given  to  Messrs.  Peter  and  John  A.  Horlbeck,  ances- 
tors of  the  present  family  of  that  name,  and  the  cost  was 
fixed  at  ^£44,016  i6s.  8d.,  gold.  Most  of  the  material 
used  was  brought  from  England.  When  completed  it 
became  the  general  business  mart  of  Charleston,  and  so 
continued  for  many  years.  During  the  occupation  of 
the  city  by  the  British,  its  lower  floors  were  used  as  a 
prison,  and  in  one  of  the  rooms  Col.  Isaac  Hayne 
was  confined  and  thence  taken  to  execution. 

Afterwards  the  vaults  were  used  as  vendue  stores, 
until  the  building  of  the  present  Vendue  Range,  and 
the  rest  of  the  building  as  Post  Office  and  Custom 
House.  The  situation  becoming  unsafe  in  the  late 
war,  it  was  deserted,  and  fell  almost  to  ruin ;  but  it 
has  since  been  refitted,  the  Post  Office  and  Custom 
House  re-established  in  it,  and  the  building  now 
presents  a  very  imposing  appearance. 

The  front  was  originally  on  the  east  side,  and  wings 
extended  out  on  East  Bay,  but  as  these  obstructed  the 
street  they  were  taken  down  and  the  front  changed 
to  the  western  side. 

The  South  Carolina  Society,  whose  hall  is  repre- 
sented in  our  illustration  along  with  St.  Michael's 
Church,  deserves  mention,  as  one  of  the  earliest 
benevolent  institutions  in  this  country,  and  one  which 
has  to  the  present  day  continued  its  good  work.  It 
originated  in  the  year  1737,  with  a  few  gentlemen, 
who  used  to  meet  once  a  week,  at  a  tavern  at  the 
north-east  corner  of  Broad  and  Church  streets;  each 


26 


diaries  ton  Illustrated. 


s-  fry  Photo.  Eng.  Co.,  A". 


SOUTH  CAROL 


contributed  a  small  sum  (two  bits,  or  four  half-pence) 
for  charitable  purposes,  and  the  Society  was  for  some 
time  known  as  the  Two-Bit  Club.  It  was  incor- 
porated in  1751,  under  the  name  of  the  South  Caro- 
lina Society,  and  increased  so  rapidly,  that  in  1770, 
it  had  three  hundred  and  sixty  members,  and  a  cap- 
ital of  ^"7,500  sterling. 

The  Society  continued  to  prosper,  and  much  good 
was  effected  by  giving  aid  to  the  needy  families  of  de- 
ceased members,  and  educating  their  children.  For 


Charleston  Illustrated.  27 

some  years  a  school  was  kept  up  under  its  auspice^,  but 
this  was  superseded  by  the  public  schools  of  the  City. 
In  common  with  all  such  institutions,  it  met  with 
heavy  losses  in  the  late  war,  but  still  continues  to  aid 
its  pensioners. 

The  present  hall  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of 
Meeting  street,  a  short  distance  south  of  St.  Michael's 
Church.  It  is  a  substantial  structure  of  two  stories,  on 
a  high  basement.  The  second  story  contains  a  fine 
hall,  on  the  walls  of  which  are  marble  tablets,  with 
the  names  of  persons  who  have  made  donations  or 
bequests  to  the  Society.  On  the  front  of  the  colonade, 
which  extends  over  the  sidewalk,  the  seal  of  the 
Society  is  represented,  consisting  of  a  hand  holding 
an  olive  branch,  with  the  legend  "  Posteritati." 

The  St.  Andrew's  Society,  which  also  expended  a 
considerable  amount  in  charity,  was  founded  in  1729, 
and  is  the  oldest  society  in  Charleston.  It  had  accu- 
mulated a  fund,  and  owned  a  fine  hall  in  Broad  Street, 
near  the  Cathedral.  This  was  destroyed  in  the  fire 
of  December,  1861,  and  the  Society  has  not  yet  re- 
covered from  the  severe  losses  sustained  then  and 
during  the  war. 

The  German  Friendly  Society,  established  in  1766, 
and  incorporated  in  1791,  also  uses  its  funds  for  edu- 
cational and  charitable  purposes. 

The  first  religious  charitable  society  in  America 
was  "The  Society  for  the  Relief  of  the  Widows  and 
Orphans  of  the  Clergy  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal 
Church  in  South  Carolina,"  which  was  established  in 
Charleston  in  1762,  and  which,  notwithstanding  the 


28  Charleston  Illustrated. 

two 'revolutions    it  has    passed  through,    continues 
still  the  support  of  many  families  of  clergymen. 

The  Charleston  Library  Society  was  the  earliest 
association  of  its  kind  in  Charleston,  and  the  third 
in  the  United  States.  It  was  organized  in  1748,  by 
seventeen  young  gentlemen,  who  desired  to  obtain 
some  of  the  current  literature  from  England.  They 
SOOH  associated  others  with  them,  and,  after  some 
difficulties,  a  charter  was  obtained  in  1754,  under 
the  name  of  the  Charles  Town  Library  Society.  It 
increased  in  numbers  and  wealth,  and  in  spite  of  the 
heavy  loss  sustained  by  the  fire  of  1778,  acquired 
an  extremely  valuable  collection  of  books.  These 
were  kept  at  first  at  the  residence  or  office  of  the 
librarian,  and  afterwards  in  the  third  story  of  the 
State  House  (now  the  Court  House).  In  1835  the 
Society  purchased  its  present  building,  at  the  north- 
west corner  of  Broad  and  Church  streets.  This 
building  was  erected  for  the  South  Carolina  Bank,  and 
was  occupied  by  it  for  some  years.  It  is  massively 
built  of  red  brick,  faced  with  white  marble,  and  pre- 
sents a  square  front  on  Broad  street,  with  wings  ex- 
tending from  the  north-east  and  north-west  corners. 
The  number  of  volumes  was  about  twenty  thousand 
in  1860,  and  the  Society  was  in  a  flourishing  condition. 
During  the  war  the  greater  part  of  the  books,  includ- 
ing the  most  valuable  works,  was  removed  to  Colum- 
bia for  safety,  but  a  considerable  number  were  left  in 
the  building,  and  were  entirely  destroyed.  After  the 
war  the  Society  was  re- organized,  and,  in  1874,  the 
Apprentices'  Library  Society  was  merged  in  it,  bring- 


30  Charleston  Illustrated. 

ing  a  large  accession  of  members  and  some  funds. 
The  condition  of  the  Society  now  is  very  promising. 
In  the  value  of  its  collection  it  ranks  first  in  the  South, 
and  efforts  are  now  being  made  to  render  it  more 
popular  and  attractive,  by  large  additions  of  current 
literature.  A  curious  story  is  told  in  connection  with 
this  building.  While  it  was  occupied  by  the  Bank,  in 
1802,  an  attempt  was  made  by  a  man  named  Withers 
to  enter  the  vaults  under  the  building,  by  cutting 
through  from  beneath.  To  do  this  he  entered  the 
drain  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  street,  and  for  three 
months  continued  to  dig  his  way  towards  the  build- 
ing. At  length  his  confederate,  a  boy,  was  observed, 
by  one  of  the  clerks  in  a  neighboring  store,  in  the  act 
of  letting  down  food  through  the  drain,  and  he  was 
captured.  He  was  arraigned  for  the  attempt  to  rob, 
but  not  having  accomplished  his  design,  was  released. 
The  most  remarkable  fact  is  that  his  health  is  said 
not  to  have  suffered  at  all  from  his  long  confinement 
under  ground. 

The  Court  House  stands  at  the  north-west  corner 
of  Broad  and  Meeting  streets,  on  the  site  of  the 
old  State  House.  After  that  was  destroyed  by  fire 
in  1788,  and  the  Legislature  had  removed  its  sittings 
to  Columbia,  the  present  building  was  erected  on  the 
same  foundation,  and  became  the  Charleston  Court 
House,  and  is  one  of  the  best  specimens  of  architect- 
ure in  the  city.  It  is  built  of  brick,  faced  so  as  to  re- 
semble stone  ;  the  principal  front  is  on  Broad  street, 
and  presents  a  central  projection,  formed  by  a  screen 
of  columns  raised  on  a  rustic  arcade,  the  whole  rising 


C  liarlcstoti  Illustrated. 


COURT    HOUSE. 


the  entire  height  of  Iho  building.  The  first  floor 
comprises  a  large  central  hall,  and  the  rooms  of  the 
officers  of  the  court ;  from  the  hall  a  broad  staircase 
leads  to  the  second  floor,  the  western  portion  of  which 
is  the  present  court  room ;  the  eastern,  formerly  the 
Equity  Court  room,  is  now  used  as  the  clerk's  office 
and  depository  of  the  books  of  the  court ;  the  third 
floor  contains  the  jury  rooms. 

On  the  north-east  corner  of  Broad  and  Meeting 
streets  is  the  City  Hall;  this  building  was  erected 
for  the  United  States  Bank,  and  was  purchased  by 


32  Charleston  Illustrated. 

the  City  when  the  Bank  was  removed  from  Charles- 
ton, with  the  money  received  from  the  sale  of  the 
Exchange  to  the  United  States  Government. 

Though  somewhat  defective  in  architecture,  it  is  a 
very  imposing  building ;  the  front  is  on  Broad  street, 
and  a  double  flight  of  marble  steps  leads  to  the  first 
floor,  which  stands  upon  a  high  basement;  the  whole 
front  of  this  floor  is  a  large  hall,  paved  with  marble, 
in  which  the  City  Court  is  held  ;  in  the  rear  are  the 
offices  of  the  City  Treasurer  and  Assessor,  and  the 
staircase  leading  to  the  second  floor,  which  is  occu- 
pied by  the  Council  Chamber,  and  offices  of  the 
Mayor,  and  other  city  officials.  The  Council  Cham- 
ber is  handsomely  furnished,  and  contains  full  length 
portraits  of  several  distinguished  citizens.  The  build- 
ing stands  in  an  open  square,  planted  with  shade 
trees.  The  north-west  corner  of  this  square  is  occu- 
pied by  the  Fire-proof  Building,  a  massive  structure 
entirely  protected  against  damage  by  fire  ;  its  most 
valuable  contents  are  the  records  of  the  Mesne  Con- 
veyance office,  and  the  office  of  the  Judge  of  Probates. 
We  have  already  described  St.  Michael's  Church, 
which  stands  on  the  south-east  corner  of  Broad  and 
Meeting  streets;  the  south-west  corner  is  occupied  by 
the  Guard  House,  a  plain  substantial  building,  with 
a  colonade  extending  over  the  side  walk  on  Broad 
street ;  the  City  Police  are  quartered  in  it,  and  it  is 
also  used  for  the  temporary  confinement  of  prisoners 
arrested  by  them. 

As  early  as  1783,  a  Chamber  of  Commerce  was 
established  in  Charleston  ;  but  there  are  no  records 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


33 


of  its  proceedings  remaining,  and  it  appears  to  have 
fallen  into  entire  disuse  and  oblivion.  In  1823,  com- 
bined action  of  the  merchants  of  the  city  becom- 
ing necessary  in  consequence  of  the  action  of  the 
Legislature  in  relation  to  certain  taxes,  etc.,  meetings 


CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE 


were  held,  the  result  of  which  was  the  re-establish- 
ment of  the  Chamber,  and  since  that  time  it  has  con- 
tinued a  well  organized  body,  and,  especially  in  the 
past  few  years,  has  exercised  a  very  powerful  influ- 
ence on  the  commerce  of  Charleston  :  many  ques- 


34  Charleston  Illustrated. 

tions  are  settled  by  it,  which  might  otherwise  lead 
to  tedious  litigation ;  valuable  statistical  reports  are 
prepared  and  published,  internal  improvements  are 
suggested  and  aided,  and  numerous  other  benefits 
are  derived  by  the  city  from  this  body,  which  com- 
prises among  its  active  members  the  most  prominent 
business  men  in  the  community.  The  Chamber  at 
present  occupies  the  second  and  third  floors  of  a 
handsome  building  at  the  north-west  corner  of  Broad 
and  East  Bay  streets  ;  it  has  a  commodious  reading 
room,  supplied  with  the  leading  American  and  for- 
eign papers  and  periodicals,  and  club  rooms,  and 
restaurant,  for  the  use  of  the  members. 

The  buildings  and  associations  which  we  have  de- 
scribed belong  to  Charleston  before  the  Revolution, 
and  while  it  is  not  proposed  to  offer  these  descriptions 
according  to  an  exact  chronological  arrangement,  yet 
it  is  well  so  to  group  them  as  to  associate  them  with 
the  several  divisions  into  which  the  history  of  the 
city  naturally  falls. 

We  come  now  to  the  period  of  the  Revolution.  At 
this  time  Charleston  was  in  a  very  prosperous  con- 
dition— commerce  was  flourishing,  and  the  interior 
of  the  State  was  gradually  filling  up  and  forming,  as 
it  were,  a  background  for  the  metropolis.  All  fears 
from  the  neighboring  Spaniards  and  Indians  were  re- 
moved, and  peace  reigned  at  home  and  abroad. 

The  relations  with  the  mother  country  were  friend- 
ly, and  the  people  were  very  loyal  to  the  British  Gov- 
ernment ;  it  was,  therefore,  from  no  spirit  of  discon- 
tent or  restlessness  that  the  inhabitants  commenced 


Charleston  Illustrated.  35 

their  resistance  to  that  government,  but  from  a  sense 
of  the  duty  which  rested  on  them  to  oppose  what 
they  considered  unjust  encroachments  of  their  rights 
as  subjects. 

The  first  open  cause  of  difficulty  occurred,  as  is 
well  known,  on  the  passage  of  the  stamp  act  in  1765  ; 
the  resistance  of  all  the  American  Colonies  brought 
about  the  repeal  of  this  in  the  following  year.  In 
1767,  taxes  were  laid  on  glass,  paper,  tea,  and  paint- 
ers' colors;  the  colonists  petitioned  for  their  removal, 
and  formed  associations  among  themselves,  pledged 
not  to  import  those  articles.  The  taxes  were  removed, 
except  that  of  threepence  a  pound  on  tea,  upon  which 
the  colonists  promptly  bound  themselves  to  use  no 
more  of  it.  In  1773,  the  famous  tea  affair  occurred  ; 
the  East  India  Company  sent  large  cargoes  into  the 
various  American  ports,  in  hopes  that,  as  the  pay- 
ment of  the  tax  would  not  be  made  directly  to  the 
British  Government,  but  through  them,  it  might  meet 
with  a  sale,  but  the  colonists  perceived  the  evasion, 
and  would  have  none  of  it ;  in  Charles  Town  it  was 
stored  in  cellars,  and  the  consignees  were  prohibited 
from  offering  it  for  sale. 

On  the  6th  of  July,  1774,  a  large  meeting  was  held 
in  Charles  Town,  composed  of  persons  from  all  parts 
of  the  province,  and  the  action  of  the  British  Gov- 
ernment, in  relation  especially  to  Massachusetts,  was 
discussed  and  resolutions  adopted,  looking  to  a  com- 
bination of  the  several  colonies  to  secure  themselves 
against  a  continuance  of  such  action.  Henry  Middle- 
ton,  John  Rutledge,  Christopher  Gadsden,  Thomas 


36  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Lynch,  and  Edward  Rutledge,  were  appointed  depu- 
ties to  represent  the  province  in  a  convention  of  the 
colonies.  The  action  of  that  convention,  and  of  the 
subsequent  Congress,  belong  to  the  general  history 
of  the  country;  it  is  sufficient  to  observe  that  the 
people  of  Charleston  and  of  Carolina,  generally, 
promptly  acquiesced  in  it,  and  prepared  themselves 
for  armed  resistance  to  the  power  of  Great  Britain. 
Active  hostilities  commenced  in  South  Carolina  on 
the  1 2th  November,  1775,  when  two  royal  armed 
vessels,  the  Tamar  and  the  Cherokee,  opened  fire  on 
the  schooner  Defence,  Captain  Tufts,  which  was  en- 
gaged in  protecting  the  sinking  of  hulks  across  Hog 
Island  Channel.  The  defence  returned  the  fire,  but 
there  was  no  loss  on  either  side.  Col.  William  Moul- 
trie  having  taken  possession,  with  a  small  force,  of 
Haddrell's  Point,  mounted  a  few  pieces  of  heavy 
artillery  there,  and  with  a  well  directed  fire,  induced 
the  British  vessels  to  put  to  sea. 

The  first  blood  was  shed  in  the  memorable  battle 
of  Fort  Moultrie,  on  the  28th  of  June,  1776.  On  the 
first  of  that  month  intelligence  was  received  that  a 
large  British  fleet  was  making  its  way  towards 
Charleston,  and  on  the  morning  of  the  fourth,  the 
main  part  of  this  fleet  came  to  anchor  just  outside  of 
the  bar.  Preparations  were  immediately  commenced 
to  meet  the  expected  attack. 

About  this  time  Maj.  Gen.  Charles  Lee  arrived  in 
Charleston,  and  was  invested  by  Gov.  Rutledge  with 
full  command  of  all  military  affairs.  He  was  disposed 
to  withdraw  all  the  troops  from  Sullivan's  Island,  but 


Charleston  Illustrated.  37 

both  Rutledge  and  Moultrie,  who  commanded  the 
Island,  dissuaded  him  from  doing  so.  Fort  Johnson, 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  harbor,  was  occupied  by 
the  first  South  Carolina  regular  regiment,  commanded 
by  Col.  Gadsden  ;  but  it  was  their  opinion  that  the 
chief  defence  of  the  city  rested  in  Fort  Sullivan,  as  it 
was  then  called.  This  stood  on  the  front  beach  of 
Sullivan's  Island,  and  commanded  the  main  entrance 
to  the  harbor  ;  it  was  a  square  structure,  with  a  bas- 
tion at  each  angle,  and  was  built  of  Palmetto  logs, 
piled  one  on  another  in  two  lines,  sixteen  feet  apart, 
the  space  between  being  filled  with  sand.  There  was 
not  sufficient  time  to  carry  out  the  plan  of  the  fort, 
and  only  the  wall  on  the  front,  and  the  south-eastern 
and  part  of  the  south-western  sides  were  completed  ; 
some  temporary  defences,  built  of  plank,  filled  up 
the  unfinished  portions,  but  these  were  only  available 
against  a  land  attack.  The  armament  consisted  in 
all  of  twenty-six  guns  ;  nine  twenty-pounders,  three 
eighteen-pounders,  and  fourteen  twelve-pounders  ;  on 
the  south-east  bastion  was  the  plain  blue  flag,  with 
white  crescent,  which  from  that  day  became  so  famous. 
At  the  eastern  end  of  the  Island  breastworks  were 
erected,  and  Col.  William  Thompson  was  in  command. 
His  whole  force  consisted  of  seven  hundred  and  eighty 
men,  and  they  were  provided  with  one  eighteen 
pounder  and  a  field  piece.  The  British  land  forces, 
three  thousand  men,  under  Maj.  Gen.  Clinton,  landed 
on  Long  Island,  and  having  fortified  themselves  there, 
began  preparations  to  cross  Beach  Inlet  and  attack 
Fort  Sullivan  in  the  rear. 

446157 


38  Charles fon  Illustrated. 

On  the  morning  of  the  28th  of  June,  the  fleet, 
under  command  of  Admiral  Sir  Peter  Parker,  and 
consisting  of  eight  vessels,  two  of  them  fifty  gun 
ships, crossed  the  bar  and  advanced  towards  the  city; 
at  the  same  time  Sir  Henry  Clinton's  forces  made  a 


FOKT   MOULTKU 


demonstration  on  the  eastern  end  of  the  Island,  but 
were  kept  in  check  by  Col.  Thompson's  gallant  rifle- 
men. 

Sir  Peter  Parker,  supposing   that   the    fort   would 


Charleston  Illustrated.  39 

offer  but  a  slight  resistance,  opened  a  brisk  fire  upon 
it  as  .he  passed,  from  four  of  his  ships.  The  fire  being 
as  briskly  returned,  the  engagement  soon  became 
general  and  lasted  from  a  little  before  eleven  in  the 
foreno_on  to  near  nine  o'clock  at  night,  when  the  fleet 
retired,  having  suffered  terrible  losses;  three  of  the 
vessels  having  been  sent  round  to  attack  the  fort  on 
the  western  side,  went  aground  on  the  shoal  known 
as  the  middle  ground,  and  one  of  them,  the  Actseon, 
could  not  be  got  off  and  was  abandoned ;  the  others 
escaped  with  severe  losses  ;  the  Admiral's  ship  was 
almost  entirely  destroyed.  The  loss  of  the  British 
was  upwards  of  two  hundred  men;  that  of  the  Amer- 
icans, was  ten  men  killed  and  twenty-two  wounded. 
The  material  of  which  the  fort  was  composed  favored 
the  defenders;  the  spongy  Palmetto  logs  did  not 
splinter  when  struck,  and,  as  later  experience  has 
proved,  sand  is  far  superior  to  masonry  for  resisting 
cannon  shot.  A  morass  in  the  interior  of  the  fort 
did  good  service  by  putting  out  the  fuses  of  many  of 
the  shells  which  fell  into  it. 

One  of  the  incidents  of  the  day  was  the  heroic 
rescue  by  Sergeant  Jasper  of  the  flag,  which  was  shot 
away  early  in  the  action.  He  leapt  over  on  the  beach 
and  deliberately  restored  it  to  its  place,  under  the 
heaviest  fire  of  the  enemy. 

The  defence  of  this  fort  was  one  of  the  most  gallant 
actions  of  the  whole  war,  and  gained  for  Gen.  Moultrie 
the  highest  reputation.  The  fort  was  named,  in 
honor  of  him,  Fort  Moultrie,  which  name  it  still 
bears.  The  present  fort  is  built  of  brick,  on  the  same 


40  Cliarlcston  Illustrated. 

site.  It  was  occupied  by  United  States  troops,  under 
Major  Anderson,  at  the  time  of  the  secession  of  South 
Carolina,  and  it  was  his  evacuation  of  it  on  the  night 
of  the  26th  of  December,  1860,  after  having  spiked 
the  guns  and  destroyed  the  carriages,  and  his  taking 
possession  of  Fort  Sumter,  which  constituted  the 
first  act  of  hostility  in  the  war  of  secession. 

When  the  Confederate  troops  occupied  it  they 
strengthened  it  with  a  glacis  on  the  front,  and  with 
large  bombproofs  in  the  interior.  It  was  garrisoned 
during  the  greater  part  of  the  war  by  the  First  Regu- 
lar Infantry,  Col.  Butler,  and  took  part  in  all  the 
actions  which  occurred  in  Charleston  harbor. 

Since  the  war  the  United  States  authorities  have 
removed  the  earthworks,  and  are  now  engaged  in 
refitting  and  arming  the  fort. 

The  repulse  of  the  British  forces  left  Charleston  in 
a  state  of  comparative  peace,  the  blockade  being 
removed,  commerce  flourished,  and  notwithstanding 
the  terrible  fire  of  I5th  January,  1778,  in  which  two 
hundred  and  fifty  dwellings,  besides  stores  and  other 
buildings,  were  destroyed,  the  city  continued  to  grow 
and  prosper  until  1780,  when  the  British  recommenced 
military  operations  against  it. 

On  the  I  ith  February,  1780,  a  British  army,  under 
Sir  Henry  Clinton,  landed  within  thirty  miles  of  the 
city  and  commenced  to  advance  upon  it.  Clinton 
formed  a  depot  of  supplies  and  built  fortifications  at 
Wappoo,  on  James'  Island ;  on  the  first  of  April  he 
crossed  the  Ashley  and  invested  the  city,  at  the  same 
time  his  fleet  crossed  the  bar,  and  this  time  passing 


Charleston  Illustrated.  41 

Fort  Moultrie  under  a  heavy  fire,  but  without  engag- 
ing it,  sailed  into  the  harbor. 

The  American  forces  of  less  than  four  thousand, 
men,  chiefly  militia,  under  command  of  Gen.  Lincoln, 
made  active  preparations  for  defence  ;  strong  lines  of 
fortifications  were  thrown  up  across  the  Neck,  and  the 
works  on  South  Bay,  and  other  exposed  parts  of  the 
city,  strengthened  and  manned. 

The  British  advanced  by  regular  approaches,  keep- 
ing up  meantime  a  heavy  bombardment ;  several  skir- 
mishes occurred  between  portions  of  the  two  armies, 
but  there  was  no  general  engagement,  and  on  the 
1 2th  of  May,  the  enemy  having  carried  the  outer 
works,  prepared  for  a  general  assault  by  land  and  sea, 
when  the  garrison,  perceiving  that  further  resistance 
was  useless,  and  having  already  suffered  heavily  from 
sickness  and  want  of  food,  determined  to  capitulate. 

The  British  held  the  city  until  the  I4th  of  Decem- 
ber, 1782,  and  under  their  harsh  rule  the  inhabitants 
had  to  endure  many  privations  and  indignities. 

It  was  during  this  time  that  the  execution  of  Col. 
Isaac  Hayne  took  place.  Col.  Hayne  was  a  planter  of 
good  family  and  high  character.  He  had  commanded 
a  troop  of  horse  during  the  war,  but  on  the  fall  of 
Charleston,  this  was  disbanded,  and  he  retired  with 
his  family  to  his  plantation  ;  a  short  time  afterwards, 
he  was,  on  some  pretence,  induced  to  go  to  Charles- 
ton, where  he  was  seized  and  imprisoned,  until,  in 
order  to  return  to  his  dying  wife,  he  consented,  under 
protest,  to  take  the  oath  of  submission  to  the  British 
authority  ;  he  had  scarcely  reached  his  home  when  a 


42  Clitirleston  Illustrated. 

demand  was  made  upon  him  to  take  up  arms  against 
his  country.  Conceiving  that  the  contract  had  been 
violated,  he  made  his  escape  and  joined  the  American 
forces  in  the  neighborhood.  He  was  captured, 
and  after  a  rigorous  confinement  for  several  months, 
in  one  of  the  rooms  of  the  Exchange  Building,  on 
the  i  ith  of  August,  1781,  he  was  taken  thence  to  the 
place  of  execution,  attended  by  an  immense  concourse 
of  citizens,  who  had  plead  in  vain  for  his  release. 

The  indignation  felt  in  the  American  army  at  this 
outrage  was  so  great,  that  the  officers  addressed  a 
memorial  to  Gen.  Green,  recommending  immediate 
measures  of  retaliation,  thereby  exposing  themselves 
to  a  similar  fate  in  case  of  capture. 

The  occupation  of  the  city  by  the  British  lasted, 
as  we  have  said,  until  December,  1782.  At  that  time 
the  commander,  General  Leslie,  having  levelled  the 
walls  of  the  town  and  of  Fort  Johnson,  notified  Gen. 
Greene  of  the  intended  evacuation;  and  an  arrange- 
ment was  made  for  the  American  troops  to  enter  the 
town  as  the  British  left  it,  both  parties  pledging 
themselves  to  abstain  from  any  hostile  demonstrations. 

On  the  morning  of  the  I4th  of  December  the  march 
commenced  ;  the  Americans  following  the  British  at 
a  distance  of  two  hundred  yards,  down  the  King 
street  road  until  they  were  within  the  lines,  when  the 
British  filed  off  to  the  left,  to  Gadsden's  wharf,  where 
they  embarked  in  boats  which  were  waiting  to  take 
them  to  the  fleet.  The  following  day  the  fleet  left  the 
harbor. 

As  may  be  supposed,  great  rejoicings  followed  this 


Charleston  Illustrated.  43 

event,  and  a  new  era  of  prosperity  opened  for  the 
city.  So  far  as  Charleston  was  concerned,  the  war 
was  virtually  ended,  and  the  general  peace  which  was 
made  soon  after  removed  all  further  difficulties. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  BUILDINGS,  ETC. 

With  the  return  of  peace  the  citizens  of  Charleston, 
under  which  name  the  city  was  incorporated  1783, 
were  enabled  to  resume  the  exercise  of  that  public 
spirit  which  they  had  previously  displayed,  and  we 
find  them  soon  establishing  charitable  institutions  and 
erecting  buildings  to  be  permanent  ornaments  and 
improvements  to  the  city. 

And  first  and  noblest  among  these  institutions 
stands 

THE  CHARLESTON  ORPHAN  HOUSE. 

The  Act  of  Incorporation  just  referred  to  imposed 
upon  the  City  the  care  of  providing  for  the  poor  and 
maintaining  and  educating  poor  orphan  children.  In 
accordance  with  this  Act,  commissioners  of  the  poor 
were  appointed,  and  a  number  of  orphan  children  were 
supported,  by  boarding  them  out  in  private  houses, 
and  were  educated  at  the  expense  of  the  city. 

In  1790,  the  City  Council  passed  an  Ordinance  for 
the  erection  of  an  Orphan  House,  and  the  vacant  lands 
between  Boundary  (now  Calhoun)  street  and  Vander- 
horst  street  were  appropriated  to  the  purpose.  On 


44  Cliarleston  Illustrated. 

the  1 2th  of  November,  1792,  the  corner-stone  of  the 
building  was  laid  by  John  Huger,  Esq.,  Intendant  of 
the  City;  and  on  the  iSth  of  October,  1794,  with 
appropriate  religious  services,  one  hundred  and 
fifteen  orphan  children  were  introduced  into  it. 

In  1853,  the  Commissioners  presented  a  memorial 
to  Council  recommending  the  repair  and  enlargement 
of  the  building;  and,  this  being  adopted,  Messrs. 
Jones  Si  Lee,  Architects,  were  charged  with  the  work, 
which  they  completed  shortly  before  the  celebration 
of  the  sixty-sixth  anniversary,  October  iSth,  1855. 

The  building  as  it  now  stands  is  in  the  Italian  style  ; 
is  two  hundred  and  thirty-six  feet  long  by  seventy-six 
feet  wide,  with  an  extension  in  the  rear  ninety  feec 
long  by  thirty-one  feet  wide.  The  main  building  is 
five  stories  high, divided  in  the  front  in  three  sections, 
the  central  portion  being  surmounted  by  a  pediment 
and  having  an  Italian  portico  projecting  in  front.  The 
building  is  surmounted  by  a  Mansard  roof,  and  above 
the  central  section  of  the  front  is  the  belfry,  in  which 
is  hung  the  city  alarm  bell  ;  on  the  belfry  is  a  figure 
of  Chanty.  The  whole  height  is  one  hundred  and 
forty-six  feet  from  the  ground.  It  is  divided  into 
spacious  and  airy  rooms,  adapted  to  the  various 
requirements  of  the  inmates,  and  is  surrounded  by 
extensive  grounds,  well  laid  out,  and  protected  by  a 
high  brick  wall.  In  the  northern  part  of  the  grounds 
is  a  handsome  chapel,  in  which  services  are  held 
every  Sunday  by  some  one  of  the  city  clergymen. 

The  institution  is  complete  in  every  detail,  and  is 
Charleston's  grandest  work. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  45 

The  lives  of  hundred  of  citizens,  some  of  whom 
have  risen  to  eminence  in  the  nation,  as  well  as  in  their 
own  State,  attest  its  practical  value. 

The  statue  of  William  Pitt,  Earl  of  Chatham,  which 
now  stands  in  the  Orphan  House  yard,  is  identified 
with  the  history  of  the  city. 

When  the  news  of  the  repeal  of  the  Stamp  Act 
was  received,  May  3rd,  1766,  the  Commons  House  of 
Assembly,  which  was  then  in  session,  filled  with  en- 
thusiastic gratitude  to  Mr.  Pitt  for  his  noble  defence 
of  their  rights,  unanimously  resolved  to  procure  a 
statue,  to  be  erected  in  the  province  as  a  memorial  of 
his  great  services.  On  the  3ist  of  May,  1770,  the 
statue,  made  in  England,  by  Mr.  Wilton,  at  a  cost  of 
.£1,000  sterling,  was  landed  in  Charleston,  and  fixed 
upon  a  pedestal  previously  prepared  for  it,  in  the 
square  at  the  intersection  of  Broad  and  Meeting 
streets,  surrounded  by  an  iron  railing.  During  the 
siege  of  Charleston,  a  cannon  ball  from  a  British  fort 
on  James  Island  struck  off  the  right  arm,  which  was 
extended  as  if  in  the  act  of  speaking;  but  it  remained 
otherwise  unhurt,  until  after  the  war  it  was  found  to 
interfere  with  travel  through  that  thoroughfare,  and 
was  taken  down  and  laid  in  the  Orphan  House  yard. 
In  1808  the  commissioners  of  the  Orphan  House 
obtained  permission  to  erect  it  in  its  present  place,  in 
the  centre  of  the  enclosure,  where  it  forms  a  conspic- 
uous object. 

The  College  of  Charleston  was  incorporated  in 
1785,  but  nothing  was  done  towards  its  establishment, 
except  to  collect  some  funds,  until  Dr.  Smith  offered 


46 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


to  transfer  the  scholars  of  his  academy  to  it.  This 
offer  was  accepted,  and  a  portion  of  the  old  brick 
barracks  was  fitted  up,  and  possession  taken  in  1791  ; 
three  years  later  the  first  commencement  was  held, 


Eng.  by  Photo.  En?.  Co.,  X.  V. 


and  six  young  men  graduated,  among  them  the  late 
Bishop  Bowen. 

The  college  declined  after  this,  however,  and  only 
a  grammar  school  was  maintained  in  the  building  for 
many  years.  At  length  an  effort  was  made  to  reor- 
ganize and  improve  it,  and  this  being  liberally  sup- 
ported, a  full  collegiate  course  was  adopted,  with  a 


Charleston  III  us  (rated.  47 

grammar  school  attached,  and  the  first  commencement 
under  the  new  organization  was  held  in  October,  1826. 
In  1837,  an  arrangement  was  made,  by  which  the 
property  of  the  college  was  transferred  to  the  city,  in 
trust  for  the  re-establishment  and  maintenance  of  the 
institution  on  an  improved  plan.  The  college  occu- 
pies the  square  bounded  by  George,  Green,  College, 
and  St.  Philip  streets ;  it  consists  of  a  square,  central 
building,  fronting  south  on  the  campus,  with  exten- 
sive wings  on  the  east  and  west;  it  is  two  stories, 
on  a  basement ;  the  first  story  contains  in  the  central 
building,  the  chapel,  and  in  the  wings,  the  recitation 
rooms ;  the  second  story  is  almost  entirely  occupied 
by  the  museum  of  natural  history,  a  large  and  well 
arranged  collection,  gathered  from  all  parts  of  the 
world,  but  specially  interesting  from  the  large  num- 
ber of  specimens  characteristic  of  South  Carolina  and 
the  adjoining  States. 

The  college  library  is  in  a  small  building  of  orna- 
mental construction,  in  the  western  part  of  the 
campus.  It  has  between  five  and  six  thousand  vol- 
umes, of  which  two  thousand  were  presented,  in  1853, 
by  Dr.  L.  A.  Frampton,  the  present  librarian  ;  about 
twenty-five  hundred  more  were  bequeathed  by  the 
late  Judge  King. 

MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF    THE   STATE   OF    SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

This  institution  is  located  on  the  corner  of  Queen 
and  Franklin  streets,  occupying  a  part  of  the  square 
with  the  Roper  Hospital,  City  Hospital,  and  County 


48 


Charles fon  Illustrated. 


Jail.  It  is  one  of  the  oldest  medical  schools  at  the 
South,  and  its  very  numerous  alumni  are  scattered 
through  the  Southern  States,  many  of  them  occupy- 
ing the  highest  positions ;  some  of  them  occupy 


Eng.  by  Photo.  Kng.  Co..  N.  Y. 


professorial  chairs  in  the  best  Northern  colleges ; 
and  some,  like  Drs.  J.  Marion  Sims,  and  Prof.  T.  G. 
Thomas,  of  New  York,  have  acquired  a  wide-spread 
reputation. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  49 

The  charter  of  this  College  was  obtained  in  1832, 
but  many  of  the  original  faculty,  among  whom  we 
may  mention  Drs.  S.  H.  Dickson  and  J.  E.  Hoi- 
brook,  as  specially  distinguished,  had  been  earlier 
engaged  in  teaching  in  another  school,  organized  in 
1822,  by  the  Medical  Society  of  South  Carolina. 
This  latter  school  was  short  lived,  and,  since  its  sus- 
pension, the  present  College  has  been  the  only  regu- 
larly chartered  Medical  College  in  the  State.  Its 
career  had  been  remarkably  successful,  until  the  late 
war  so  crippled  the  resources  of  the  South  as  seri- 
ously to  affect  all  institutions  of  learning.  In  com- 
mon with  the  gradual  improvement  of  the  Southern 
country,  the  success  of  the  College,  under  the  new 
regime,  is  year  by  year  becoming  more  assured.  The 
present  Faculty  have  done  all  in  their  power  to  meet 
the  exigencies  of  the  times,  and  to  maintain  the 
former  prestige  of  the  old  institution.  The  fees  for 
tuition  have  been  made  almost  nominal,  the  idea  being 
simply  to  pay  the  expenses  of  the  school,  without 
regard  to  the  personal  benefit  to  the  teachers.  This 
plan,  which  is  considered  only  a  temporary  one,  has 
been  highly  recommended  by  the  Trustees  and  most 
of  the  old  friends  and  Alumni  of  the  College.  We 
trust  that  students  of  medicine,  at  the  South,  will 
appreciate  the  efforts  and  liberal  offers  of  the  Faculty, 
and  thus  help  to  sustain  a  home  institution  which  is 
so  well  endowed  and  ably  conducted. 

The  following  comprise  the  Board  of  Trustees  and 
the  Medical  Faculty  as  now  constituted  : 
3 


50  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Board  of  Tmstces. — Hon.  H.  D.  Lesesne,  President ; 
E.  Horry  Frost,  Secretary  and  Treasurer;  Hon.  J.  L. 
Manning,  Hon.  W.  D.  Porter,  Gen.  Wade  Hampton, 
Hon.  G.  A.  Trenholm,  Hon.  B.  F.  Perry,  T.  G.  Prio- 
leau,  M.  D.,  Henry  Gourdin,  Esq.,  Edward  McCrady, 
Esq. 

Medical  Faculty. — R.  A.  Kinloch,  M.  D.,  Professor 
of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surgery  and  Clinical 
Surgery  :  J.  P.  Chazal,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Pathology 
and  Practice  of  Medicine  ;  Middleton  Michel,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Physiology ;  C.  U.  Shepard,  Jr.,  M.  D.. 
Professor  of  Chemistry  ;  F.  L.  Parker,  M.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Anatomy ;  J.  Ford  Prioleau,  M.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Obstetrics  and  Gynaecology ;  F.  Peyre 
Porcher,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics,  and  of  Clinical  Medicine;  Manning 
Simons,  M.  D.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy ;  Prof.  R. 
A.  Kinloch,  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

Connected  with  the  Medical  College,  or  rather  more 
immediately  with  the  Medical  Society,  is  the  Roper 
Hospital,  which  stands  at  the  corner  of  Queen  and 
Mazyck  streets.  This  noble  institution  was  founded 
through  the  liberality  of  Mr.  Thomas  Roper,  whose 
name  it  bears.  In  1854,  he  bequeathed  real  estate  to 
the  value  of  fifty  thousand  dollars  for  this  purpose, 
the  City  of  Charleston  gave  twenty  thousand  dollars, 
and  the  lot  on  which  the  Hospital  stands ;  and  in 
1857  the  State  Legislature  gave  ten  thousand  dollars 
to  complete  the  building,  which  was  finished  the  fol- 
lowing year.  After  the  establishment  of  the  Hospital, 
Mrs.  Kohn  also  made  a  large  bequest  to  it. 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


The  building  is  very  handsome,  and  well  arranged. 
The  central  portion  has,  on  the  first  floor,  offices  for 
the  physicians  and  others  connected  with  the  institu- 
tion, on  the  second,  the  library  of  the  Medical  Society, 
and  on  the  third,  a  large  amphitheatre,  provided  for 
clinical  lectures,  for  the  medical  students  ;  the  east 
and  west  wings  contain  spacious  and  well  ventilated 
wards,  with  broad  piazzas  to  the  south.  In  front  is  a 
tastefully  laid  out  garden,  which  adds  to  the  attractive 
appearance. 

The  Hospital  was  under  control  of  the  Medical  So- 
ciety, who  appointed  all  the  officers  and  superintended 
the  conduct  of  the  Institution,  l>ut  in  consequence  of 


52  Chariest  oil  Illustrated. 

the  losses  sustained  in  the  war,  the  funds  are  now  put 
out  at  interest  to  accumulate,  and  the  building  is 
under  lease  to  the  city  for  ten  years,  as  a  general 
hospital. 

In  our  early  plan  of  Charles  Town,  we  find  in  a 
conspicuous  place  the  "  Independent  Church."  This 
was  established  by  Presbyterians,  Congregationalists, 
and  a  few  of  the  French  Protestant  Refugees.  It  after- 
wards became  the  Congregationalist  Church.  The 
original  church  was  a  small  wooden  building,  which 
being  remodelled,  and  enlarged,  and  painted  white,  was 
generally  known  as  the  "  White  Meeting  House," 
and  probably  gave  its  name  to  Meeting  street.  On 
the  same  site  the  Circular  Church,  represented  in  our 
engraving,  was  built  in  1804;  it  was  curiously  con- 
structed, consisting  of  a  rotunda  eighty-eight  feet  in 
diameter,  surmounted  by  a  dome.  On  the  western  face 
was  a  square  projection  which  supported  the  steeple, 
and,  in  front  of  this,  a  portico  of  six  columns,  sur- 
mounted by  a  pediment,  formed  the  facade  of  the 
building.  The  cemetery  extends  back  to  that  of  St. 
Philip's  Church.  The  church  was  destroyed  by  the 
fire  of  1 86 1,  and  only  the  picturesque  ruins  now 
occupy  the  site.  The  congregation  have  erected  a 
small  chapel,  on  the  lot  in  which  services  are  held. 

Our  illustration  shows,  adjoining  the  Circular  Church, 
a  building  which  was  the  scene  of,  perhaps,  the  most 
important  event  in  the  history  of  South  Carolina  ;  this 
was  the  Institute  Hall,  more  lately  known  as  Seces- 
sion Hall.  It  was  the  property  of  the  South  Carolina 
Institute,  an  association  for  the  promotion  of  the 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


53 


CIRCULAR  CHURCH  AND  INSTITUTE  HALL. 

industrial  arts  in  the  State, and  was  completed  in  1854. 
The  first  floor  was  occupied  by  stores  and  offices,  and 
the  second  contained  an  elegant  and  spacious  hall, 
capable  of  holding  twenty-five  hundred  persons  ;  in 
it  the  annual  Fairs  of  the  Institute  were  held,  and  it 


54  Charles f on  Illustrated. 

was  used  for  any  specially  large  meetings.  The  Na- 
tional Democratic  Convention,  which  met  in  Charles- 
ton, in  April,  1860,  held  its  meetings  there  ;  but  the 
grand  event  which  took  place  within  its  walls,  was  the 
ratification  of  the  Ordinance  of  Secession.  The  State 
Convention  held  its  meetings  in  St.  Andrew's  Hall, 
Broad  street,  until  the  adoption  of  the  Ordinance  of 
Secession,  on  the  2Oth  of  December,  1860,  when  it 
was  resolved  to  adjourn  to  Institute  Hall  for  the  pur- 
pose of  ratifying.  At  6  P.  M.,  on  that  day,  the 
Convention  moved  in  procession  from  St.  Andrew's 
to  the  Institute  Hall,  where,  after  prayer  by  the  Rev. 
John  Bachman,  D.  D.,  the  Ordinance  was  most 
solemnly  ratified,  receiving  the  signature  of  every 
member  of  the  Convention.  At  the  conclusion  of  the 
signing,  the  President  of  the  Convention,  Hon.  D.  F. 
Jamison,  exhibited  the  parchment  to  the  meeting, 
announcing  that  the  Ordinance  of  Secession  had  been 
signed  and  ratified.  He  therefore  proclaimed  the 
State  of  South  Carolina  an  Independent  Common- 
wealth. On  this  announcement,  the  whole  audience 
rose  and  gave  vent  to  their  enthusiasm  by  prolonged 
cheers,  accompanied  by  the  waving  of  hats  and 
handkerchiefs.  The  occasion  was  celebrated  in  the 
evening  by  a  general  illumination  and  bonfires  in  the 
principal  streets,  and  the  parading  of  citizens  with 
bands  of  music.  This  building,  also,  perished  in  the 
great  fire,  and  its  loss  was  deeply  felt,  as  well  for  the 
associations  connected  with  it,  as  for  its  intrinsic 
value. 

The  French  Protestant  Church  belongs  to  the  very 


CJiarlcston  Illustrated. 


55 


Photo,  by  Barnard. 


early  history  of  Charleston  ;  the  Huguenots,  whose 
arrival  in  the  province  in  1685  and  '86,  we  have  already 
noticed,  in  a  few  years  erected  a  building  for  worship 
on  the  site  occupied  by  the  present  church,  at  the 
south-east  corner  of  Church  and  Queen  streets.  The 
first  building  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1740,  a  second 
met  the  same  fate  in  1796,  and  was  rebuilt  in  1797 ; 
about  the  year  1845,  this  was  remodelled  and  enlarged 


56  Charleston  Illustrated. 

to  its  present  dimensions.  It  is  still  a  small  building, 
but  a  very  pretty  one,  in  correct  Gothic  style,  carefully 
and  neatly  finished.  On  the  walls  of  the  interior  are 
several  handsome  marble  tablets,  erected  in  memory 
of  the  principal  founders  of  the  church  by  their 
descendants. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  this  is,  probably,  the 
only  church  in  the  United  States  which  adheres  to 
the  exact  form  of  the  Huguenot  worship. 

In  the  year  1731,  the  strict  Presbyterians,  among 
the  congregation  of  the  Independent  Church  above 
described,  left  it,  and  established  a  church  for  them- 
selves on  the  model  of  the  Church  of  Scotland,  and 
erected  a  building  at  the  south-west  corner  of  Meeting 
and  Tradd  streets.  The  present  First  Presbyterian 
or  Scotch  Church  was  built  on  the  same  site  and  was 
completed  in  1814.  It  exhibits  a  fine  front,  composed 
of  a  recessed  portico  of  four  columns,  flanked  by  two 
towers,  surmounted  by  cupolas.  The  interior  is 
spacious  and  well  finished. 

The  Second  Presbyterian  Church,  commonly  known 
as  Flinn's  Church,  from  the  name  of  its  first  pastor, 
Rev.  Dr.  Flinn,  was  built  in  1811,  the  number  of 
Presbyterians  in  the  city  having  increased  so  much  as 
to  require  more  room.  It  stands  at  the  corner  of 
Charlotte  and  Elizabeth  streets,  on  the  highest  spot 
in  the  city,  and  forms  a  very  conspicuous  landmark. 
It  is  of  the  temple  form,  and  with  its  lofty  portico, 
produces  a  fine  effect.  Behind  this  portico  rises  a 
tower,  intended  as  the  foundation  of  a  steeple.  The 
steeple  has  never  been  completed,  but  the  height  of 


CJiarleston  Ilhistmted. 


57 


the  ground,  as  well  as  the  great  size  of  the  Church 
itself,  makes  it  visible  at  as  great  a  distance  as  any  of 
the  other  churches. 

The  cemetery  surrounds  the  Church  on  three  sides, 
the  western  front  opening  on  a  fine  square,  planted 
with  grass  and  shade  trees,  and  extending  to  Meeting 
street. 


Eng.  by  Photo.  Eng:  Co., 


The  Central  (Third)  Presbyterian  Church  stands 
on  the  western  side  of  Meeting  street,  a  short  distance 
above  Society  street ;  it  is  remarkable  for  the  perfec- 
tion of  it's  architecture,  having  an  elegant  portico  of 
pure  Corinthian  style,  and  the  rest  of  the  building 


58  Charleston  Illustrated. 


CENTRAL   PRESBYTERIAN   CHURCH. 


corresponding   in    symmetry  and    correctness.    It    is 
without  a  steeple  or  other  modern  embellishment. 

We  have  already  alluded  to  the  early  establishment 
of  the  Baptists  in  Charleston.  The  site  of  their  original 
building  on  the  west  side  of  Church  street,  a  little 
above  Water,  is  now  occupied  by  the  First  Baptist 
Church,  a  building  well  worth  notice,  from  its  simple, 
but  imposing  architecture. 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


59 


Photo,  by  Barnard.  Eng.  by  Photo.  E 

CITADEL  SQUARE  BAPTIST  CHURCH. 


The  Citadel  Square  Baptist  Church  sprung  from 
this.  The  idea  of  establishing  it  originated,  in  1854, 
with  Messrs.  B.  C.  Pressley  and  C.  L.  Burckmeyer, 
who,  after  consultation  with  Rev.  J.  P.  Boyce,  for- 
merly of  the  First  Church,  but  then  of  Columbia, 
made  known  their  design,  and  were  promptly  joined 
by  a  number  of  friends.  A  subscription  was  opened 
and  was  liberally  filled  up,  more  than  one-half  of  the 
amount  necessary  for  the  building  being  subscribed 
by  the  heirs  of  the  estate  of  Mr.  Ker  Boyce.  A  lot 


6o 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


was  procured  at  the  corner  of  Meeting  and  Henrietta 
streets,  and  work  commenced  on  the  building,  which 
was  rapidly  completed,  and  was  dedicated  on  the  23d 
of  November,  1856. 

The  members  of  the  Wentworth  street  church  soon 
after  joined  themselves  to  the  congregation. 


Photo,  by  Barnard. 


BETHEL  CHURCH. 


EnS.  by  Photo.  Kng.  Co.,  N.  Y. 


The  style  of  the  building  is  Norman.  Its  extreme 
dimensions  are  eighty  feet  on  Meeting  street,  and  one 
hundred  and  forty-five  feet  on  Henrietta  street ;  the 
side  walls  are  forty  feet  high,  and  the  west  or  front 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


61 


wall  seventy  feet  to  the  point  of  the  gable.  The 
interior  will  accommodate  one  thousand  persons. 
The  tower  is  located  at  the  north-west  corner  of 
the  main  building.  It  is  square,  supported  by  but- 
tresses at  the  angles,  and,  with  the  spire,  is  two 


Photo,  by  B, 


hundred  and  twenty  feet  high.     The  whole  building 
presents  an  elegant  and  impressive  appearance. 

The  Methodist  Church  was  organized  in  America 
in  1784;  the  denomination  flourished  in  Charleston, 
and  now  has  several  churches,  with  large  congrega- 


62  Charleston  Illustrated. 

tions,  in  the  city.  Bethel  Church,  the  Second  Metho 
dist,  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  Calhoun  street, 
near  Pitt.  It  is  a  large  brick  building,  roughcast, 
with  a  fine  portico  in  front,  and  surrounded  by  an 
extensive  yard.  It  is  one  of  the  largest  and  best  at- 
tended Methodist  Churches  in  Charleston.  The  old 
wooden  church  that  preceded  the  present  building, 
and  was  erected  about  1800,  has  been  removed  to  the 
rear,  and  is  occupied  by  a  numerous  colored  congre- 
gation. 

St.  John's  Chapel  (Episcopal),  at  the  corner  of  Am- 
herst  and  Hanover  streets,  affords  a  convenient  place 
of  worship  for  the  Episcopalians  residing  in  the  north- 
eastern portion  of  the  city. 

St.  Mary's  Church,  situated  on  the  south  side  of 
Hasel  street,  between  King  and  Meeting  streets,  was 
the  first  Roman  Catholic-  church  in  Charleston,  and, 
since  the  burning  of  St.  Finbar's,  is  the  largest ;  it  is 
an  unpretending  building,  but  is  neatly  finished  inside, 
and  the  altar  is  richly  decorated. 

ST.  FINBAR'S  CATHEDRAL. 

The  ruins  of  this  beautiful  building  stand  on  a  lot 
which  was  once  the  old  Vaux-Hall  Garden,  at  the 
north-east  corner  of  Broad  and  Friend  streets.  The 
cathedral  was  built  on  the  site  of  the  old  St.  Finbar's, 
a  wooden  building;  the  corner-stone  was  laid  in  1852, 
and  it  was  dedicated  in  April,  1854.  It  was  of  brown 
freestone  and  was  the  most  beautiful  church  edifice 
in  the  city.  The  height  to  the  top  of  the  cross  was 


Charleston  Illustrated.  63 

two  hundred  and  eighteen  and  a  half  feet ;  the  exte- 
rior dimensions  were,  from  front  to  rear  of  vestry,  one 
hundred  and  ninety-four  feet :  height  to  roof  ridge  of 
the  rear,  seventy-seven  feet ;  width,  seventy-three 
feet.  The  building  cost,  when  completed,  $106,000, 


Eng.  by  Photo.  Enf.  Co.,  N.  Y. 


and  was  complete  in  every  respect;  the  interior  was 
very  highly  ornamented,  the  windows  all  of  stained 
glass,  and  the  decorations  of  the  altar  elaborate  and 
tasteful.  It  was  destroyed  by  the  fire  of  December, 
1 86 1.  A  few  years  later,  when  time  had  somewhat 


64  Charleston  Illustrated. 

softened  the  effects  of  the  fire,  its  ruins  presented  a 
most  beautiful  picture.  A  considerable  part  of  the 
graceful  steeple  remained,  but  this  was  thought  to  be 
dangerous,  and  most  of  it  was  taken  down. 


Photo,  by  Rarnard. 


Etig.  by  Photo.  Eny.  Co.,  A. 


HEBREW  CHURCH. 


The  Unitarian  Church  was  originally  an  offshoot  of 
the  old  Independent  Church,  and  remained  connected 
with  it  until  the  year  1817.  The  congregation  adopted 
the  Unitarian  doctrines  about  the  year  1819.  The 
first  building  on  the  site  of  the  present  one,  on  the 
east  side  of  Archdale  street,  a  short  way  above  Queen 


Charleston  Illustrated.  65 

street,  was  begun  just  before  the  revolution,  and  was 
finished  shortly  after  that  war. 

The  new  building  was  erected  on  the  foundation  of 
the  old  one,  and  was  dedicated  on  the  2d  of  April, 
1854,  It  is  the  most  perfect  piece  of  architecture  of 
its  kind,  in  the  city.  The  style  is  the  "  Perpen- 
dicular," the  latest  and  richest  of  all  the  styles  of 
Gothic  architecture.  Every  part  of  the  building, 
exterior  and  interior,  is  complete;  the  ceiling  of  the 
nave  is  that  peculiar  Gothic  work,  styled  "  fan 
tracery,"  and  is  exquisitely  rich  and  beautiful.  The 
great  window  in  the  rear  of  the  church  is  in  the 
richest  style  of  design  and  finish,  and  is  filled  with 
figures  of  emblematic  character. 

St.  John's  Lutheran  Church,  which  stands  imme- 
diately north  of  this,  is  in  marked  contrast,  being  of 
perfectly  simple  design. 

A  Hebrew  congregation  existed  in  Charleston  as 
early  as  1750;  in  179.5  they  purchased  the  site  of 
their  present  synagogue  on  the  north  side  of  Hasel 
street,  between  King  and  Meeting  streets.  The  syna- 
gogue is  a  brown  stone  building,  in  the  Athenian 
style,  very  handsomely  built,  but  lacking  the  proper 
situation  to  show  it  off  to  advantage. 


66  Charleston  Illustrated. 


HISTORY  OF  CHARLESTON. 


We  turn  from  the  description  of  the  buildings 
which  illustrate  the  growth  and  progress  of  the  city, 
to  notice  certain  events  which  exhibited  the  charac- 
teristics of  the  people  and  affected  their  action  on 
subsequent  occasions. 

The  Mexican  war  afforded  an  opportunity  for  the 
military  spirit  of  the  younger  portion  of  the  commu- 
nity of  Charleston,  and  of  the  rest  of  the  State,  to 
manifest  itself.  On  its  breaking  out,  in  1847,  the 
famous  Palmetto  Regiment  was  organized.  This 
splendid  body  of  men  was  composed  of  the  very 
best  material  of  the  State,  and  Charleston  was  largely 
represented  in  it.  The  regiment  was  in  nearly  every 
action  of  the  war,  and  distinguished  itself  always  ; 
whether  in  battle  or  in  severe  marches  and  arduous 
duties,  it  was  second  to  none  in  courage  and  endu- 
rance. It  was  the  flag  of  the  Palmetto  Regiment 
that  was  first  planted  on  the  walls  of  the  conquered 
city  of  Mexico.  But  it  paid  the  penalty  of  its  galant- 
ry  by  terrible  losses.  Colonel  Butler,  the  commander, 
was  killed  while  heading  a  charge ;  Lieutenant-Colonel 
Dickinson,  who  succeeded  to  the  command,  perished 
in  like  manner ;  scarcely  three  hundred  men  out  of 
near  twelve  hundred  returned  to  Carolina.  They 
were  received  with  enthusiasm  everywhere,  and  the 
State  awarded  a  medal  to  each  of  them.  A  very 


Charleston  Illustrated.  67 

beautiful  monument  was  erected  to  the  dead,  con- 
sisting of  a  perfect  representation  of  a  Palmetto 
tree  in  iron,  upon  a  pedestal,  on  which  were  engraved 
in  letters  of  brass  the  names  of  those  who  had  fallen. 
This  was  intended  to  be  placed  in  the  new  State 
House  at  Columbia. 

Many  of  the  survivors  of  the  Palmetto  Regiment 
were  in  the  field,  in  the  war  of  secession,  and  added 
to  the  laurels  they  had  already  gained ;  several  rose 
to  distinguished  positions. 

For  many  years  after  the  Revolution,  Charleston 
continued  in  a  profoundly  peaceful  condition  ;  the  war 
with  Great  Britain  of  1812,  did  not  seriously  affect 
her;  naturally  there  were  occasional  stoppages  of 
trade,  and  threats  of  attack,  but  nothing  came  of 
these  beyond  exciting  in  the  people  that  prompt  spirit 
of  resistance  to  force,  which  they  have  always  exhib- 
ited. 

This  happy  condition  of  affairs  continued  unbroken 
until  the  celebrated  Nullification  excitement,  which 
threatened  the  country  at  large,  with  the  contest 
which  actually  occurred  in  1860,  and  in  South  Caro- 
lina, particularly  in  Charleston,  caused  the  formation 
of  parties  which  remained  in  opposition  up  to  that 
time.  The  various  questions  involved  in  this  matter 
cannot  be  treated  in  our  space  ;  the  main  issue  was 
upon  the  right  of  a  State  to  nullify,  to  declare  uncon- 
stitutional and  void,  an  Act  of  Congress. 

South  Carolina  took  the  lead  in  this,  as  she  has 
done  on  many  occasions,  in  the  history  of  the  coun- 
try. Mr.  Calhoun  was  the  great  leader,  along  with 


68  •  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Gen.  Robt.  Y.  Hayne,  and  other  eminent  men,  while 
the  opposition  numbered  in  its  ranks  such  men  as  Mr. 
Legare,  Judge  Huger,  Mr.  Petigru,  and  others.  A 
contest  in  regard  to  such  grave  matters,  and  with  such 
men  arrayed  on  each  side,  could  not  fail  to  awaken 
the  interest  and  enthusiasm  of  every  citizen. 

The  tariff  laws  proposed  in  Congress  were,  in  the 
opinion  of  many  Southern  statesmen,  directly  inimical 
to  the  interests  of  the  Southern  States.  For  several 
years  the  question  was  agitated.  In  1827,  Mr.  Calhoun 
published  his  views.  On  the  fourth  of  July,  1831, 
addresses  were  made  by  the  leaders  of  each  side,  which 
drew  the  party  lines  distinctly,  and  on  the  2jd  of 
November,  1832,  the  General  Assembly  called  a  Con- 
vention. This  Convention,  with  Governor  Hamilton 
at  its  head,  by  a  very  large  majority,  passed  the  Nul- 
lification Ordinance,  ignoring  certain  acts  of  Congress. 

On  the  roth  of  December,  the  President  of  the 
United  States,  Andrew  Jackson,  published  a  procla- 
mation denouncing  the  Ordinance.  Thus  the  State 
and  the  United  States  Government  were  openly  at 
issue,  arid,  as  may  readily  be  imagined,  the  feelings  of 
all  parties  were  wrought  up  to  the  highest  pitch. 
Mr.  Clay's  compromise  bill,  however,  introduced  the 
following  February,  and  the  arrival  of  a  commissioner 
from  Virginia  to  promote  an  adjustment,  tended  to 
allay  the  excitement,  and  on  the  I5th  of  March,  1833, 
the  Nullification  Ordinance  was  revoked  and  quiet 
restored.  But  at  no  period  in  the  history  of  the 
State  have  politics  assumed  such  a  violent  and  per- 
sonal aspect  as  at  this.  The  community  was  divided 


Charleston  Illustrated.  69 

against  itself,  and  it  seemed  scarcely  possible  to  avert 
a  violent  contest  among  its  members. 

The  secession  movement  involved  far  more  im- 
portant issues,  and  the  enthusiasm  was  greater  and 
more  general ;  but,  although  at  that  time  there  was 
some  eminent  men  who  were  opposed  to  secession, 
the  majority  in  favor  of  it  was  so  overwhelmingly 
large,  that  their  opposition  never  took  shape,  and  in 
fact,  they  generally  yielded  to  the  manifest  spirit 
of  the  people  and  cast  in  their  lot  with  them ; 
hence,  the  action  of  the  State  might  justly  be 
called  unanimous.  On  the  question  of  Nullification, 
views  were  divided,  and  it  was  not  uncommon  for 
members  of  the  same  household  to  be  directly  op- 
posed to  each  other.  On  the  3 1st  of  March,  1850, 
South  Carolina  was  called  to  mourn  the  loss  of  her 
greatest  statesman,  Hon.  John  C.  Calhoun,  who  died 
in  the  very  midst  of  this  work,  as  Senator  in  Wash- 
ington. 

He  was  buried,  as  we  have  already  mentioned,  in 
the  cemetery  of  St.  Philip's  Church,  and  his  funeral 
was  the  most  impressive  sight  of  its  kind  ever  wit- 
nessed in  Charleston.  On  the  26th  of  April,  the  re- 
mains, enclosed  in  an  iron  coffin,  reached  Charleston 
in  charge  of  committees  of  the  United  States  Senate 
and  House  of  Representatives,  and  of  several  of  the 
States ;  they  were  taken  in  a  magnificent  funeral  car, 
with  a  large  escort,  to  the  citadel,  the  entire  front  of 
which  was  draped  in  mourning ;  there  they  were 
received  from  the  Senate  committee  by  Hon.  T.  Leger 
Hutchinson,  Mayor  of  the  city.  A  procession  was 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


then  formed,  comprising  every  military  and  civic 
organization  in  the  city,  besides  the  seamen,  children 
of  the  schools,  and  hundreds  of  citizens  of  this  and 
the  adjoining  States,  on  foot  and  on  horseback,  and 


THE  CITY  HALL. 


moved  through  the  principal  streets  to  the  City  Hall, 
where  the  remains  were  placed  in  a  splendid  cata- 
falque, prepared  for  their  reception.  Here  the  body 
lay  in  state  until  the  next  day,  under  the  special 
charge  of  an  honorary  guard  of  two  hundred  citizens. 
During  the  day  thousands  of  citizens  and  strangers 


Charleston  Illustrated.  71 

repaired  to  the  City  Hall,  to  pay  their  tribute  of 
respect  to  the  illustrious  dead.  The  most  perfect 
order  and  decorum  prevailed  ;  the  stream  of  visitors 
entered  the  main  doors,  ascended  the  catafalque, 
and  after  gazing  silently  on  the  sarcophagus,  retired 
through  the  passage  in  the  rear. 

The  coffin  and  sarcophagus  enclosing  it  were  cov- 
ered with  flowers,  the  offerings  of  the  ladies  of  the 
city. 

The  next  day  the  body  was  removed,  with  a  civic 
procession,  to  St.  Philip's  Church,  where  the  burial 
services  were  read  by  the  Right  Rev.  Dr.  Gadsden, 
Bishop  of  the  Diocese,  and  a  funeral  discourse  preach- 
ed by  the  Rev.  James  W.  Miles.  It  was  then  borne 
to  the  western  cemetery,  and  there  placed  in  the  vault 
prepared  for  its  temporary  reception. 

The  whole  of  the  ceremonies  were  conducted  in  the 
most  solemn  and  impressive  manner,  and  no  effort 
was  spared  by  the  citizens  to  mark  their  sense  of 
respect  for  the  deceased  and  their  grief  for  his  loss. 

The  action  of  the  people  of  Charleston  and  of  the 
State  generally  on  this  occasion  was  significant.  It 
was  no  mere  outburst  of  sentiment.  It  arose  not  only 
from  the  great  love  and  reverence  which  Mr.  Calhoun's 
purity  of  character  and  intellect  inspired,  and  the  pride 
which  they  felt  in  him  as  one  of  the  greatest  statesmen 
that  America  has  produced,  but  it  was  also  occasioned 
by  the  intense  sympathy  with  and  belief  in  the  politi- 
cal principles  which  he  represented.  The  States 
Rights  doctrines  which  he  believed  in  and  taught 
were  thoroughly  impressed  upon  their  minds,  and 


72  Charleston  Illustrated. 

undoubtedly  influenced  the  whole  future  conduct  of 
the  State. 

The  extensive  square  of  the  Citadel  Green,  over- 
looked by  the  castellated  buildings  at  the  Academy, 
affords  one  of  the  most  pleasing  sights  in  Charleston, 
and  is  connected,  by  many  associations,  with  her 
palmiest  days.  It  was  the  rendezvous  on  all  occa- 


sions  when  military  or  civic  parades  took  place,  and 
many  brilliant  processions  made  it  their  starting 
point. 

The  Academy  was  an  object  of  great  interest  to 
the  people  of  Charleston.  In  1842  the  Legislature 
transferred  the  appropriation  for  the  Citadel  and 
Magazine  Guard  at  Charleston,  and  the  Arsenal 
Guard,  at  Columbia,  to  a  board  of  visitors,  who  were 
authorized  to  organize  the  State  Military  Academy. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  73 

In  February,  1843,  this  organization  was  effected, 
and  the  cadets  required  to  discharge  the  duties  of  a 
State  Guard.  This  building  had  been  the  Arsenal, 
and  was  occupied,  until  about  1832,  by  United  States 
troops,  and  then  by  regular  State  troops,  until  the 
formation  of  the  Academy.  It  was  of  two  stones, 
without  the  wings,  the  third  story  was  added,  and  the 
wings  constructed  to  extend  the  Arsenal. 

The  Academy  was  admirably  conducted,  the  drill 
and  discipline  of  the  cadets  were  unsurpassed,  and 
the  tone  of  the  institution  very  high.  To  it  the  State 
owes  many  of  her  best  men  in  all  the  walks  of  life. 

On  the  breaking  out  of  the  late  war  the  Cadets 
were  early  in  the  field.  In  fact,  the  first  gun  of 
the  conflict  was  fired  by  them,  on  the  memorable 
morning  of  the  pth  of  January,  1861,  when  the  Star 
of  the  West  attempted  to  re-info  rce  Fort  Sumter;  after 
that  they  were  kept  at  their  studies  in  the  Academy, 
and  doing  guard  duty  in  and  around  the  city,  and 
whenever  an  emergency  arose,  they  were  promptly 
out  and  did  good  service.  About  December,  1864, 
they  went  into  active  service,  and  so  remained  until 
the  close  of  the  war,  the  Academy  being  virtually 
abandoned.  On  the  evacuation  of  Charleston,  the 
United  States  troops  took  possession  of  the  buildings 
and  the  larger  part  of  the  garrison  is  still  quartered 
in  them.  It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  the  property 
is  not  returned  to  the  State  and  the  Academy  revived. 

The  Market  Hall  fronts  on  Meeting  street.  It  is  a 
fine  building,  in  temple  form,  standing  on  a  high  open 
basement,  having  a  lofty  portico  in  front,  reached 
4 


; 


74 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


by  a  double  flight  of  stone  steps,  the  exterior  cornices 
are  appropriately  ornamented  with  bulls'  heads. 

In  rear  of  this  building  are  the  markets,  consisting 
of  a  row  of  low   sheds,   supported   by   brick   arches, 


MARKET   HALL. 


and  extending  to  East  Bay  street.  They  have  divi- 
sions for  large  and  small  meats,  vegetables  and  fish, 
the  stalls  being  arranged  on  each  side,  having  a  broad, 
shady  walk  between  them.  The  whole  arrangement 
is  a  judicious  and  convenient  one,  especially  for  a 
Southern  climate. 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


75 


The  Hibernian  Hall,  on  the  west  side  of  Meeting 
street,  a  short  distance  above  Broad,  is  the  property 
of  the  Hibernian  Society,  one  of  the  oldest  and 
wealthiest  associations  in  the  city,  and  comprising  in 
its  ranks  all  of  the  best  citizens  of  Irish  extraction. 


Photo,  by  Barnard. 


HIBERNIAN  HAI.L. 


£>tp.  by  Photo.  EnS.  Co.,  N.  Y. 


The  building  is  a  handsome  and  substantial  one, 
conveniently  arranged,  with  a  large  hall,  occupying 
the  whole  of  the  second  floor,  and  a  smaller  hall,  and 
committee  rooms  below.  Since  the  burning  of  the 


76  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Institute  and  St.  Andrew's  Halls,  this  one  has  been 
used  for  all  large  assemblies  ;  it  was  also  arranged  for 
a  theatre,  and  used  by  all  theatrical  performances 
until  the  building  of  the  Academy  of  Music.  The 
society  have  lately  put  it  in  thorough  repair,  and  or- 
namented it  quite  handsomely. 

The  new  Custom  House,  an  engraving  of  which 
appears  on  page  6,  which  is  only  partially  completed, 
presents,  even  in  that  condition,  one  of  the  hand- 
somest objects  in  Charleston. 

It  is  situated  just  south  of  the  Market  wharf,  on 
Cooper  River ;  the  site,  which  was  formerly  known  - 
as  Fitzsimmons'  wharf,  was  purchased  by  the  United 
States  Government  in  1849,  an<^>  m  l^S°>  Col.  E.  B. 
White  received  the  appointment  as  superintendent, 
and  the  work  was  commenced  and  continued  until 
the  war  arrested  its  progress.  It  is  on  a  grand  scale; 
the  foundation  consists  of  seven  thousand  thirty-feet 
piles,  on  which  rests  a  heavy  layer  of  grillage,  then 
follows  a  thickness  of  eighteen  inches  of  concrete,  on 
which  stand  a  number  of  inverted  arches,  built  of 
brick,  and  about  ten  feet  in  height;  the  superstructure 
rises  from  these  These  details  will  serve  to  give  some 
idea  of  the  magnitude  of  the  work  proposed.  It  has 
already  cost  some  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars, 
and  it  will  take  many  thousands  more  to  complete  it. 
Since  the  war,  appropriations  have  been  made  from 
time  to  time  for  the  continuation  of  the  work,  but  no 
steady  progress  has  been  made.  The  building  is  of 
white  marble  ;  the  style  of  architecture  the  Roman- 
Corinthian;  some  changes  have  been  made  in  the 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


77 


original  plans  which  are  not  yet  fully  carried  out,  and 
prevent  further  description  at  this  time. 

We  come  now  to  the  period  in  the  history  of 
Charleston  which  overshadows  all  the  rest  in  impor- 
tance, both  in  the  material  changes  which  it  produced 


EAST  BATTERY. 


in  the  city  itself  and  in  the  qualities  and  characteristics 
of  its  citizens  which  it  brought  into  play. 

Charleston,  as  she  had  done  in  the  throwing  off 
the  government  of  the  Lords  Proprietors  in  1719,  in 
the  Revolution  of  1776,  and  in  the  Nullification  pro- 
ceedings of  1831,  took  the  lead  among  the  cities  of 


7  8  Charleston  Illustrated. 

the  South  in  the  Secession  movement  of  1 860-61 ;  we 
have  already  described  the  scenes  which  took  place 
in  the  Institute  Hall,  on  the  evening  of  the  2Oth  of 
December,  1860.  The  people  of  Charleston  were 
ready  to  abide  by  any  consequences  that  might  result 
from  their  action  on  that  occasion,  but  they  hoped 
that  the  United  States  Government  would  recognize 
their  rights  and  not  resort  to  forcible  means  of  settling 
the  questions  between  the  Southern  States  and  itself. 
This  hope  was  first  shaken  when,  on  the  night  of  the 
26th  of  December,  Major  Anderson,  Commandant  of 
Fort  Moultrie,  abandoned  that  fort,  having  first  spiked 
the  guns  and  destroyed  the  carriages,  and  took 
possession  of  Fort  Sumter.  By  this  action  war  was 
virtually  declared,  and  the  State  authorities  deemed 
it  advisable  to  look  to  their  own  defences ;  accordingly 
the  following  day  Castle  Pinckney  and  Fort  Moultrie 
were  occupied  by  volunteer  commands — Castle  Pinck- 
ney by  the  Rifle  Battalion,  Col.  J.  Johnston  Pettigrew, 
Fort  Moultrie,  by  four  companies  of  artillery,  under 
Col.  W.  G.  DeSaussure. 

Other  points  around  the  harbor  were  fortified  and 
manned  by  companies  from  the  city,  and  other  parts 
of  the  State.  A  detachment  of  the  Citadel  Cadets, 
under  Major  P.  F.  Stevens,  occupied  a  battery,  has- 
tily thrown  up  on  the  point  of  Morris  Island.  On 
the  morning  of  the  9th  of  January,  1861,  the  Star  of 
the  West,  a  United  States  transport  steamer,  loaded 
with  men  and  military  stores,  attempted  to  enter  the 
harbor  for  the  purpose  of  reinforcing  Fort  Sumter. 
When  about  two  miles  from  the  fort,  the  cadets 


Charleston  Illustrated.  79 

opened  fire  upon  her;  the  first  shot  was  fired  across 
her  bow,  merely  to  give  warning.  The  steamer  run- 
ning up  the  United  States  flag,  and  increasing  her 
speed,  the  next  shots  were  aimed  at  her,  and  one 
struck,  while  the  rest  were  so  close  as  to  show  that 
the  artillerists  had  got  the  range  and  were  ready  to 
do  damage.  Perceiving  that,  the  Captain  deemed  it 
more  prudent  to  retreat,  and  turned  his  vessel  sea- 
ward, abandoning  the  project  of  aiding  the  fort. 

Thus  the  cadets  had  the  honor  of  firing  the  first 
gun  of  the  war,  and  the  prestige  which  they  acquired 
on  this  occasion  never  left  them.  Whenever  called 
into  the  field  they  were  placed  in  the  position  of 
danger  and  of  honor. 

From  this  time  all  doubts  were  removed  from  the 
minds  of  the  people  of  South  Carolina  as  to  the  hos- 
tile intentions  of  the  United  States  Government. 

Gen.  G.  T.  Beauregard  having  arrived  in  Charles- 
ton, from  New  Orleans,  was  invested  by  Gov.  Pick- 
ens  with  command  of  all  military  affairs,  and  proceeded 
at  once  to  organize  his  forces. 

It  was  evident  that  the  garrison  of  Fort  Sumter 
could  not  remain  there  with  safety  to  the  city,  but 
Major  Anderson  showed  no  signs  of  intention  to 
move,  and  it  was  ascertained  that  ships  of  war  were 
on  their  way  to  the  South ;  a  special  messenger,  also, 
from  President  Lincoln,  informed  Governor  Pickens 
and  General  Beauregard  that  the  fort  was  to  be  pro- 
visioned by  force.  Preparations  must,  therefore,  be 
made  on  our  side  to  anticipate  this.  Batteries  were 
thrown  up  on  Morris  and  Sullivan's  Islands,  Fort 


8o 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


Moultrie  was  strengthened,  and  a  floating  battery, 
protected  with  iron  sheathing,  was  built  and  anchored 
off  Haddrell's  Point. 

Volunteer  companies  were  raised  throughout  the 
State,  and  equipped  and  drilled  as  thoroughly  as 
time  and  means  would  allow,  and  every  preparation 


l-ng.  hy  Photo.  Kng.  Co.,  N.  Y. 


FORT  SUMTER. 


possible,  under  the  circumstances,  was  made  for  a 
resort  to  arms  if  it  should  prove  necessary.  By 
this  time  several  of  the  other  Southern  States  had 
followed  the  lead  of  South  Carolina,  and  the  Con- 


Charleston  Illustrated.  81 

federate  Government  was,  to  some  extent,  at  least, 
organized  ;  Gen.  Beauregard,  therefore,  acted  under 
the  orders  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  Hon.  L.  P.  Walker, 
whose  instructions  were  not  to  permit  troops  or  pro- 
visions to  be  thrown  into  Fort  Su niter,  and  to  use 
such  means  as  he  should  deem  proper  to  prevent 
such  an  attempt. 

At  twelve  o'clock,  on  the  I  ith  of  April,  Gen.  Beau- 
regard  made  a  formal  demand  for  the  surrender  of  the 
Fort.  Major  Anderson  replied :  "  I  have  the  honor 
to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  communication, 
demanding  the  evacuation  of  this  fort,  and  to  say  in 
reply  thereto,  that  it  is  a  demand  with  which  I  regret 
that  my  sense  of  honor  and  my  obligations  to  my 
government  prevent  my  compliance."  He  added, 
"  Probably  I  will  await  the  first  shot,  and  if  you  do 
not  batter  us  to  pieces,  we  will  be  starved  out  in  a 
few  days." 

On  the  same  day  Gen.  Beauregard  received  a 
despatch  from  the  Secretary  of  War,  authorizing  him 
to  propose  that  if  Maj.  Anderson  would  name  a  time 
at  which  he  would  evacuate  the  fort,  and  would  not 
in  the  mean  time  use  his  guns  against  the  Confederate 
forces,  no  attack  should  be  made  upon  the  fort,  and 
thus,  bloodshed  might  be  avoided.  Maj.  Anderson 
refusing  to  accept  these  terms,  Gen.  Beauregard  pro- 
ceeded to  action. 

At  twenty  minutes  past  four  o'clock,  on  Friday 
morning.April  1 2th,  Fort  Moultrie  opened  fire. 

The  effect  of  the  sound  of  these  guns  in  the  city 
was  electrical.  In  a  moment,  almost,  the  streets  were 


82 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


Photo,  by  Barnard. 


Eng.  by  Photo.  Kng.  Co.,  N.  Y. 


thronged  with  people  hastening  to  every  point  which 
commanded  a  view  of  the  harbor,  where  they  remained 
hour  after  hour,  watching  with  breathless  anxiety  the 
result  of  the  encounter. 

Fort  Sumter  replied  to  the  guns  of  Moultrie  with 
three  barbette  guns,  and  then  the  batteries  on  Cum- 
mings  Point,  Mount  Pleasant,  Fort  Johnson,  and  the 
Floating  Battery,  commenced  a  rapid  bombardment. 

Between  seven  and  eight  o'clock,  Major  Anderson 
brought  into  play  the  two  tiers  of  guns  looking 
towards  Fort  Moultrie  and  the  Stevens'  Iron  Bittiiy 


Charleston  Ilhistmted.  83 

on  Cummings  Point,  and  then  the  firing  from  Sumter 
became  rapid  ;  it  was  directed  chiefly  against  those 
batteries  and  the  Floating  Battery  anchored  off 
Haddrell's  Point.  Five  of  the  Confederate  batteries 
kept  up  the  fire  ;  the  rest  were  held  in  reserve  in  case 
of  an  attempt  on  the  part  of  the  fleet  to  enter  the 
harbor. 

With  the  exception  of  an  interruption  of  about 
three  hours,  caused  by  a  heavy  rain  storm,  the  bom- 
bardment continued  unceasingly  through  the  whole 
day  and  night ;  during  the  night  Fort  Sumter  was 
silent,  the  garrison  being  employed  in  repairing  dama- 
ges, and  adding  some  protections  to  the  barbette  guns. 
At  seven  next  morning,  Major  Anderson  opened  a 
heavy  and  rapid  fire,  which  was  kept  up  for  two  hours 
steadily.  In  the  meantime  the  red  hot  shot  which 
was  thrown  from  Fort  Moultrie  had  ignited  the 
officer's  quarters  in  Sumter,  which  were  of  wood,  and 
a  terrible  fire  was  raging  within  the  fort.  Every  effort 
was  made  by  the  garrison  to  conquer  it,  but  without 
success,  and  it  soon  became  evident  that  the  fort 
could  no  longer  be  held.  The  flag  was  by  this  time 
shot  away  and  was  replaced  by  a  flag  of  truce.  When 
the  fire  was  perceived  to  be  raging,  Colonel  Wigfall, 
of  General  Beau  regard's  staff,  went  to  the  fort,  under 
a  flag  of  truce,  to  offer  assistance  in  putting  it  out; 
he  informed  Major  Anderson  that  the  firing  from  our 
batteries  would  cease  as  soon  as  the  United  States 
flag  was  hauled  down,  which  was  accordingly  done, 
the  only  time,  be  it  remembered,  that  the  flag  of 
Sumter  was  ever  lowered  in  the  presence  of  an  enemy. 


84  Charleston  Illustrate  a. 

The  same  flag  was,  in  1865,  again  raised  on  the 
ramparts,  with  considerable  ceremony,  but  the  per- 
formance was  somewhat  lacking  in  glory,  for  the 
Confederates  had  evacuated  the  iort  many  hours 
before,  and  were  miles  away  out  of  sight  and  hearing. 

When  the  flag  was  hauled  down,  Senator  Chesnut 
and  ex-Governor  Manning  went  to  the  fort,  and  stipu- 
lated with  Major  Anderson  that  his  surrender  should 
be  unconditional,  subject  to  such  terms  as  Gen.  Beau- 
regard  should  dictate.  These  were  very  generous. 
Gen.  Beauregard  refused  to  receive  Major  Anderson's 
sword,  and  complimented  him  and  his  officers  on 
their  gallant  defence.  The  garrison  were  permitted 
to  take  with  them  all  their  arms  and  personal  effects. 
They  left  on  Monday  morning,  in  the  steamer  Baltic, 
for  New  York. 

Thus  ended  the  first  battle  of  the  war.  The  bom- 
bardment lasted  forty  hours,  and  upwards  of  three 
thousand  shot  and  shell  were  fired,  most  of  them 
aimed  with  precision,  but  the  strangest  fact  in  regard 
to  it  is,  that  not  a  life  was  lost  on  either  side.  The 
first  victory  of  the  Confederates  was  entirely  blood- 
less. 

For  several  months  military  preparations  had  been 
going  on  vigorously  in  the  city,  and  the  fall  of  Sum- 
ter  only  quickened  these,  for  it  was  evident  that  the 
United  States  Government  was  determined  on  war. 
Those  were  stirring  times  in  Charleston.  Volunteer 
commands  were  organized,  which  included  the  citi- 
zens of  every  class,  condition,  and  age,  and  which 
were  diligently  drilled  and  exercised.  The  streets 


Charleston  Illustrated.  85 

were  alive  at  all  hours  of  the  day,  with  men  in  uni- 
form hurrying  to  the  different  places  of  rendezvous, 
and  the  public  squares  were  the  constant  scenes  of 
military  manoeuvres  of  every  description.  Great 


Eag.  by  Photo.  Eng.  Co.,  JV.  Y. 


liberality  was  displayed  by  the  citizens  at  this  time; 
money  was  freely  subscribed  for  every  purpose  for 
which  it  might  be  needed,  and  in  many  instances 
wealthy  men  armed  and  equipped  entire  companies 
at  their  own  expense. 


86  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Although  the  serious  nature  of  the  affairs  they 
were  embarked  upon  was  not  forgotten  by  the 
Charlestonians,  yet  the  season  was  one  almost  of 
gayety.  The  call  for  active  preparations  stimulated 
the  spirits  and  energies  of  all.  The  ladies  were  as 
enthusiastic  as  the  men,  and  did  everything  in  their 
power  to  aid  and  encourage  the  defenders  of  the 
cause  they  held  dear.  Very  early  in  the  war  the 
women  of  the  South  commenced  that  course  of  self- 
denial  among  themselves,  and  active  assistance,  as 
well  as  comfort  and  encouragement,  to  the  men,  which 
characterized  their  conduct  throughout  the  whole 
struggle,  and  more  especially  in  the  miseries  of  the 
terrible  peace  which  followed  it.  Soon  the  notes  of 
war  sounded  from  Virginia,  and  all  the  troops  which 
could  be  spared  from  the  defences  of  the  State 
promptly  offered  themselves;  and  then  commenced 
those  partings  which  each  year  brought  greater  sad- 
ness to  the  homes  of  the  South. 

As  we  have  said,  the  preparations  for  the  defence 
of  Charleston  were  actively  carried  on  ;  Fort  Sum- 
ter  and  the  batteries  around  the  harbor  were  strength- 
ened and  heavily  armed ;  fortifications  were  built  at 
every  point  where  they  could  be  made  available 
against  the  enemy's  fleet,  and  equal  provision  was 
made  against  attack  by  land.  Across  the  Neck  a 
complete  line  of  entrenchments  was  thrown  up,  and 
even  in  the  city  itself  batteries  were  erected  on  such 
points  as  commanded  the  harbor,  or  the  land  ap- 
proach. But  for  some  time  no  demonstrations  were 
made,  sufficiently  important  to  need  mention  in  this 


Charleston  Illustrated.  87 

brief  sketch.  The  fleet  blockaded  the  harbor,  and 
occasionally  made  a  feint  of  attempting  to  enter  it, 
but  the  commanders  perceived  that  the  defences  were 
too  strong  for  them,  and  contented  themselves  with 
endeavoring  to  cut  off  supplies  from  abroad  by  the 
destruction  of  such  of  the  blockade-runners  as  they 
could  catch,  not  a  very  successful  business,  however, 
for  numbers  of  swift  vessels,  manned  by  skillful  and 
courageous  sailors,  passed  under  the  very  guns  of  the 
largest  war  vessels,  and  landed  their  cargoes  at  the 
wharves  of  the  city. 

Meanwhile  a  peculiar  calm  brooded  over  the  city. 
The  first  hurry  and  excitement  was  over  and  the  war 
had  become  a  reality.  Those  of  the  citizens  who 
were  not  called  into  active  service,  pursued,  as  far  as 
might  be,  their  usual  avocations,  but  it  was  with  the 
quiet  and  gravity  of  men  who  awaited  the  issue  of 
great  events. 

The  city,  as  she  then  stood,  is  described  in  perfect 
verse  by  Carolina's  truest  poet : 


Calm  as  that  second  summer  which  precedes 

The  first  fall  of  the  snow, 
In  the  broad  sunlight  of  heroic  deeds, 

The  city  hides  the  foe. 

As  yet  behind  their  ramparts,  stern  and  proud, 

Her  bolted  thunders  sleep  — 
Dark  Sumter,  like  a  battlemented  cloud, 

Looms  o'er  the  solemn  deep. 

No  Calpe  frowns  from  lofty  cliff  or  scar 

To  guard  the  holy  strand  ; 
But  Moultrie  holds  in  leash  her  dogs  of  war 

Above  the  level  sand. 


88  Charleston  Illustrated. 


And  down  the  dunes  a  thousand  guns  lie   couched, 

Unseen,  beside  the  flood — 
Like  tigers  in  some  Orient  jungle  crouched, 

That  wait  and  watch  for  blood. 

Meanwhile,  through  streets  still  echoing  with  trade, 

Walk  grave  and  thoughtful  men, 
Whose  hands  may  one  day  wield  the  patriot's  blade 

As  lightly  as  the  pen. 

;  And  maidens  with  such  eyes  as  would  grow  dim 

Over  a  bleeding  hound, 

Seem  each  one  to  have  caught  the  strength  of  him 
Whose  sword  she  sadly  bound. 

'  Thus  girt  without  and  garrisoned  at  home, 

Day  patient  following  day, 

Old  Charleston  looks  from  roof,  and  spire,  and  dome, 
Across  her  tranquil  bay. 


Shall  the  spring  dawn,  and  she  still  clad  in  smiles, 

And  with  an  unscathed  brow, 
Rest  in  the  strong  arms  of  her  palm-crowned  isles, 

As  fair  and  free  as  now  ? 

We  know  not;   in  the  temple  of  the  Fates 

God  has  inscribed  her  doom  ; 
And,  all  untroubled  in  her  faith,  she  waits 

The  triumph  or  the  tomb." 


But  as  time  went  on,  the  engagements  which  were 
taking  place  at  points  more  or  less  near  the  city,  were 
warning  the  inhabitants  that  their  time  of  trial  was 
approaching,  and  calling  more  and  more  of  the  men 
to  the  outworks,  while  the  non-combatants  were 
seeking  securer  places  in  the  interior  of  the  State. 
Space  only  permits  the  mention  of  a  few  of  these 
actions,  which  were  in  the  immediate  neighborhood 
of  the  city. 

The  battle  of  Secessionville,  James  Island,  on 'the 


Charleston  Illustrated.  89 

1 6th  June,  1862,  was  one  of  the  most  important. 
Secessionville  was  occupied  by  a  regiment  of  artillery 
under  Col.  Lamar,  and  its  fortifications  were  only  in 
progress,  and  far  from  complete,  when  the  attack  was 
made.  The  Charleston  Battalion,  Col.  P.  C.  Gaillard, 
the  Eutaw  Regiment,  Col.  C.  H.  Simonton,  and  the 
Louisiana  Battalion,  Major  Hutson,  were  engaged 
along  with  Col.  Lamar's  Artillery.  The  enemy,  in  large 
force,  charged  the  works  in  front  three  times  without 
success,  and  then  attempted  to  take  them  by  a  flank 
movement,  which  was  also  repulsed.  The  battle 
which  was  closely  contested  for  several  hours,  and 
was  splendidly  fought,  resulted  in  the  victory  of  the 
Confederates,  who  lost  fifty-three  killed,  and  one 
hundred  and  thirty-four  wounded  ;  the  IQSS  of  the 
enemy  was  heavy,  amounting  to  upwards  of  five  hun- 
dred. Among  the  killed  on  our  side  were  several 
prominent  Charlestonians,  whose  loss  was  deeply  felt. 
On  Saturday,  the  3ist  January,  1863,  the  Confede- 
rate iron-clad  gunboats,  Palmetto  State,  Capt.  John 
Rutledge,  and  Chicora,  Capt.  John  R.  Tucker,  made 
a  descent  upon  the' blockading  fleet  at  the  mouth  of 
the  harbor.  The  expedition  was  under  command  of 
Commodore  D.  N.  Ingraham,  who  was  on  board  the 
Palmetto  State ;  they  came  upon  the  blockaders 
under  cover  of  a  haze,  and  the  Palmetto  State  struck 
the  Mercedita,  a  sloop  of  war,  before  she  was  per- 
ceived by  those  on  board,  and  left  her  in  a  sinking 
condition  ;  the  crew  having  surrendered,  were  pa- 
rolled.  The  Chicora  opened  fire  at  short  range  on 
several  large  steamers.  The  fleet  was  completely 


9<D  Charleston  Illustrated. 

taken  by  surprise,  and  promptly  dispersed  and  disap- 
peared, though  only  for  a  short  time. 

On  Tuesday,  April  8th,  of  the  same  year,  an  attack 
was  made  by  the  enemy's  fleet  on  Fort  Sumter  ;  they 
advanced  in  two  lines  of  battle ;  as  they  neared  the 
fort,  Col.  Rhett,  the  commandant,  had  the  long  roll 
beaten,  and  the  garrison,  regimental,  and  Palmetto 
flags  run  up  and  saluted.  Fort  Moultrie  commenced 
firing,  and  was  followed  immediately  by  Fort  Sumter, 
and  the  batteries  on  Sullivans'  and  Morris'  Islands. 
The  Passaic,  the  leading  vessel  of  the  first  line,  took 
position  about  fourteen  hundred  yards  from  the  fort ; 
after  being  under  fire  for  about  thirty  minutes,  and 
having  been  several  times  struck,  she  drew  out  of 
range,  and  her  place  was  taken  for  about  the  same 
length  of  time,  by  each  of  the  other  vessels  of  that 
line.  Then  came  the  Ironsides,  an  immense  frigate, 
with  an  armament  of  fourteen  eleven-inch  guns,  and 
two  two-hundred  pound  rifled  guns  ;  but  her  great 
size  made  her  too  good  a  target,  and  she  was  com- 
pelled to  retire. 

The  second  line  then  advanced,  the  Keokuk,  a 
double-turretted  monitor  leading  ;  a  terrific  fire  was 
poured  upon  her,  which  she  stood  for  about  half 
an  hour,  and  then  withdrew,  so  badly  damaged  that 
she  sunk  at  her  moorings  the  next  morning.  About 
ninety  shots  were  fired  by  the  fleet,  forty  of  which 
struck  Fort  Sumter ;  there  were  no  casualties,  but  the 
fort  sustained  considerable  injury. 

On  Friday,  July  loth,  at  half  past  five  in  the  morn- 
ing, the  enemy  opened  fire  from  batteries  on  Folly 


Cliarlcston  Illustrated.  91 

Island,  on  the  works  on  the  extreme  south  end  of 
Morris  Island,  commanded  by  Capt.  J.  C.  Mitchell  ; 
after  a  severe  bombardment,  to  which  Capt.  Mitchell 
could  only  reply  slowly,  and  without  much  effect,  his 
guns  being  small  and  few  in  number,  a  large  force 
was  landed,  which  was  at  once  attacked  by  Capt. 
Mitchell,  now  reinforced  by  Col.  Graham's  regiment 
of  infantry,  but  the  Confederates  were  outnumbered, 
and  were  compelled  to  fall  back  towards  Battery- 
Wagner,  the  principal  defence  of  the  island ;  the 
enemy  advancing  and  forming  in  line  of  battle  was 
again  attacked  by  the  Confederates,  further  reinforced, 
but  still  greatly  inferior  in  numbers  ;  but  after  a  fierce 
encounter,  they  were  compelled  to  retreat  into  the 
fort.  Four  determined  efforts  were  made  to  take  it 
by  storm,  but  were  repulsed.  Then  commenced  the 
siege  of  Battery  Wagner,  the  defence  of  which  stands 
second  only  to  that  of  Fort  Sumter,  in  the  courage 
with  which  it  was  maintained,  and  the  terrible  hard- 
ships the  defenders  had  to  undergo. 

On  the  night  of  the  I4th,  Col.  Rion,  with  between 
two  and  three  hundred  men,  made  a  successful  sortie 
on  the  enemies  lines,  but  their  force  was  too  large  to 
be  dislodged  by  such  means. 

A  furious  bombardment  was  kept  up  daily  on  the 
fort.  On  the  i8th,  this  was  maintained  steadily  for 
eleven  hours,  from  sixty-five  heavy  guns  and  eight 
mortars  ;  the  shot  and  shell  fell  upon  the  fort  at  the 
rate  of  twenty-seven  a  minute.  At  eight  o'clock,  in 
the  evening,  the  enemy  advanced  in  two  columns,  of 
three  thousand  each,  under  command  of  Brigadier- 


0,2  Charleston  Illustrated. 

General  Strong,  and  a  desperate  assault  was  made 
upon  the  fort.  A  hand-to-hand  fight  ensued,  which 
lasted  for  three  hours,  and  resulted  in  the  complete 
defeat  of  the  attacking  party,  with  six  hundred  men 
left  on  the  field,  and  a  total  loss  of  above  fifteen 
hundred.  Our  loss  was  about  one  hundred. 

The  siege  of  Battery  Wagner  lasted  forty-eight 
days,  and,  as  we  have  said,  was  marked  with  the  most 
splendid  courage.  A  fire  was  kept  up,  which  never 
ceased  except  for  the  purpose  of  an  assault,  and  the 
besieged  were  subjected  to  almost  unparalleled  hard- 
ships. The  confinement  to  close  bombproofs,  often 
half  filled  with  dead  and  dying  men,  the  difficulty  of 
obtaining  water  or  cooked  food,  besides  the  continual 
labors  of  the  defence,  made  it  almost  impossible  for 
any  constitution  to  stand  more  than  two  or  three 
days  at  a  time,  and  yet  it  was  frequently  necessary  to 
wait  many  hours  for  a  boat  to  escape  the  guns  of  the 
enemy  and  land  the  relief. 

At  length  it  was  perceived  that  Morris'  Island 
could  no  longer  be  held ;  and,  accordingly,  on  the 
night  of  the  6th  of  September,  Batteries  Wagner  and 
Gregg  were  quietly  evacuated.  They  had  been  mined 
and  the  slow-match  was  lighted  at  Battery  Wagner, 
by  Capt.  Huguenin,  and  at  Battery  Gregg,  by  Capt. 
Lesesne,  but,  owing  to  defective  fuses,  the  magazines 
did  not  explode. 

On  Friday  night,  August  the  2ist,  1863,  a  com- 
munication was  received  at  General  Beauregard's 
headquarters  from  Gen.  Gilmore,  the  United  States 
Commander  on  Morris'  Island,  demanding  the  cvacu- 


Charleston  Illustrated.  93 

ation  of  that  Island  and  Fort  Sumter,  and  stating  that 
if  the  demand  was  not  complied  with  in  four  hours 
from  the  time  of  the  delivery  of  his  note  at  Fort 
Wagner,  he  would  open  fire  on  the  city.  This  com- 
munication was  without  signature.  Gen.  Beauregard 
being  absent  on  a  reconnoisance,  it  was  received  by 
Gen.  Jordan,  his  Chief  of  Staff,  who  returned  it  to  be 
signed.  It  was  signed  and  received  again  at  nine 
o'clock  next  morning.  In  the  mean  time  the  threat 
was  carried  out ;  between  one  and  two  o'clock,  on 
Saturday  morning,  the  firing  commenced,  and  thirteen 
shells  were  thrown  into  the  city,  at  intervals  of  fifteen 
minutes ;  the  bursting  of  the  gun  put  a  stop  to  it 
after  that  number.  No  damage  was  done,  but,  natu- 
rally, it  was  the  cause  of  considerable  excitement  and 
alarm.  Gen.  Beauregard  wrote  a  letter  of  indignant 
remonstrance  to  Gen.  Gilmore  for  having  fired  on  the 
city  without  notice,  and  without  opportunity  having 
been  given  for  the  removal  of  the  women  and 
children. 

The  bombardment  commenced  on  this  occasion 
was  kept  up,  with  scarcely  an  intermission,  until  the 
evacuation  of  the  city,  on  the  i8th  of  February,  1865, 
a  period  of  five  hundred  and  eighty-six  days.  Of 
course,  considerable  damage  was  done  to  property  in 
the  city ;  but  the  casualties  were  very  few,  and  it  was 
astonishing  to  observe  how  soon  the  people  became 
used  to  it  and  went  about  their  daily  avocations.  It 
soon  became  necessary  to  withdraw  from  the  more 
exposed  positions  ;  and  on  the  25th  of  August  the 
Post  Office  was  removed  to  the  corner  of  King  and 


94  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Ann  streets.  By  degrees  other  public  offices  were 
removed  to  the  upper  part  of  the  city,  and  most 
persons  took  up  their  residence  there,  but  it  was  all 
done  quietly  and  without  any  panic  or  even  excite- 
ment. 

From  this  time  on  little  remains  to  be  told  of 
Charleston  in  the  war.  The  shelling  continued  from 
day  to  day,  with  more  or  less  violence,  and  by 
degrees  the  inhabited  space  was  contracted,  and  more 
and  more  of  the  non-combatants  were  removed  to 
what  seemed  safer  places,  but  there  was  no  thought 
of  giving  up  the  city,  until  Sherman  had  reached  the 
sea,  and  was  marching  up  from  the  South  ;  then  it 
became  evident  that  Charleston  must  be  abandoned. 
The  evacuation  co'mmenced  on  the  evening  of  the 
i/th  of  February,  1865,  and,  by  the  morning  of  the 
1 8th,  the  troops  had  been  quietly  withdrawn  from 
the  batteries  around  the  harbor  and  from  the  city 
itself,  which  was  left  in  charge  of  the  Mayor,  Hon. 
Charles  Macbeth,  who  remained  to  preserve  order 
and  prevent  destruction  as  far  as  possible.  About 
ten  o'clock,  the  Mayor  communicated  with  the  United 
States  officers,  who  were  seen  approaching  the  city, 
informing  them  that  the  military  had  left  it.  The 
United  States  authorities  then  took  possession.  The 
city  was  at  this  time  in  considerable  danger  of  total 
destruction.  The  Confederates,  before  leaving,  had 
collected  all  the  cotton  in  the  various  stores  and 
warehouses  into  piles,  and  set  fire  to  it ;  this  was 
hastily  and,  in  some  cases,  carelessly  done,  and  the 
result  was  that  many  of  the  buildings  in  the  neigh- 


Charleston  Illustrated.  95 

borhood  of  these  piles  of  cotton  took  fire ;  most  of 
them  were,  with  some  difficulty,  put  out;  but  in  one 
instance  the  destruction  both  of  life  and  property  was 
terrible.  At  the  Northeastern  Railroad  depot  a  large 
quantity  of  provisions  was  left,  around  which  a  crowd 
of  the  poor  people  of  the  neighborhood  had  eagerly 
gathered ;  along  with  the  provisions  was  stored  a 
considerable  amount  of  cannon-powder,  made  up  into 
cartridges,  and  some  boys  were  amusing  themselves 
by  throwing  handfuls  of  this  powder  on  a  fire  which 
was  burning  in  the  yard ;  by  some  means  a  spark 
reached  the  pile  of  cartridges,  and  a  terrific  explosion 
occurred,  which,  in  an  instant,  demolished  the  whole 
building,  leaving  a  fierce  fire  burning  among  its  ruins. 
This  spread  rapidly,  and  resulted  in  the  almost  entire 
destruction  of  two  squares.  What  was  the  number  of 
lives  lost  has  never  been  ascertained,  but  it  is  esti- 
mated at  certainly  not  less  than  one  hundred. 

This,  and  the  other  fires,  caused  in  the  course  of 
that  one  morning  the  loss  of  thousands  of  dollars 
worth  of  property. 

The  city  was  now  left  in  the  hands  of  the  enemy, 
who  had  so  long  been  vainly  endeavoring  to  seize  it ; 
and  while  the  oft  repeated  threats  of  razing  it  to  the 
ground  were  not  literally  carried  out,  yet  quite  suffi- 
cient damage  was  done  to  satisfy  the  most  revengeful 
spirit.  Private  houses,  as  well  as  public  buildings, 
were  turned  over  to  the  military,  and,  worse  still,  to 
their  followers  ;  and,  for  some  weeks  at  least,  a  con- 
tinual scene  of  pillage  and  destruction  was  going  on. 
Much  valuable  private  property  was  stolen  or  de- 


96  Charleston  Illustrated. 

stroyed,  and  it  was  scarcely  safe  for  the  few  inhabi- 
tants who  remained  to  venture  out  of  their  houses. 

At  length,  in  April,  the  final  overthrow  of  the 
Confederacy  occurred,  and  the  citizens  of  Charleston 
commenced  by  degrees  to  return,  their  hopes  blasted 
and  their  fortunes  gone,  to  their  once  beautiful  home, 
now  so  sadly  changed. 

It  is  difficult  to  picture  the  condition  of  the  city  at 
this  time.  A  considerable  portion  of  it  was  in  ruins, 
and  every  resource  by  which  it  might  be  built  up 
again,  and  its  trade  and  commerce  revived,  seemed 
hopelessly  gone.  We  have  had  frequent  occasion 
to  allude  to  the  great  fire  of  1861,  but  as  yet  have 
not  mentioned  any  of  the  particulars  of  it.  This 
fire,  the  most  destructive  Charleston  has  ever  known, 
began  in  the  large  sash  and  blind  factory  of  W.  P. 
Russell  &  Co.,  near  the  foot  of  Hasel  street,  about 
half-past  eight  o'clock,  on  Wednesday  night,  Decem- 
ber II,  1861.  The  wind  was  blowing  strongly  from 
the  north  north-east,  and  the  flames  were  quickly 
communicated  to  the  adjoining  buildings,  and  in  a 
short  time  the  fire  had  made  such  headway  that  all 
efforts  to  stay  its  progress  were  vain.  In  a  broad 
line  extending  from  the  foot  of  Hasel  street,  on  the 
Cooper  River,  to  the  end  of  Tradd  street,  on  the 
Ashley,  scarcely  a  building  escaped.  Among  the 
public  buildings  destroyed  were  the  Circular  Church, 
the  Institute  Hall,  St.  Andrew's  Hall,  St.  Finbar's 
Cathedral,  and  St.  Peter's  Church.  The  number  of 
persons  who  sustained  loss  was  near  four  hundred. 
The  burnt  district  covered  an  area  of  five  hundred 


Charleston  Illustrated,  97 

and  forty  acres,  and  the  loss  of  property  variously 
estimated  at  from  five  to  seven  millions  of  dollars. 

As  may  be  supposed,  nothing  was  ever  attempted 
towards  repairing  the  damage  during  the  four  years 
of  war  which  followed,  and  the  various  fires  which 
occurred  during  the  shelling  of  the  city,  and  at  its 
evacuation,  laid  waste  nearly  as  much  more. 

But  this  was  by  no  means  all  the  loss  that  the  city 
had  sustained ;  the  entire  banking  capital  was  gone, 
the  insurance  companies  were  insolvent,  and  private 
capital,  of  course,  in  very  nearly  the  same  condition. 
The  railroads  which  communicated  with  the  city  were 
all  worn  out,  and  in  some  cases  destroyed,  while  the 
steamship  lines  had  long  been  disused,  and  the  few 
vessels  which  were  owned  in  Charleston  converted 
to  other  uses. 

Under  these  circumstances,  the  task  of  re-opening 
the  business  of  the  city  seemed  absolutely  hopeless, 
but  the  energy,  courage,  and  endurance,  which  had 
characterized  the  people  of  Charleston  through  the 
dangers  of  the  war,  did  not  desert  them  in  the  greater 
trials  of  this  time,  and  they  boldly  faced  the  difficul- 
ties before  them ;  with  what  success,  the  present 
condition  of  the  city  shows. 

The  history  of  Charleston  for  the  ten  years  which 
have  passed  since  the  war,  is  simply  that  of  a  people 
struggling  against  difficulties,  and  overcoming  them 
one  by  one,  until  now  we  see  a  large  part  of  the 
waste  places  built  up,  trade  and  commerce  re-estab- 
lished, the  old  industries  resumed,  and  even  some 
new  ones  introduced,  so  that  it  is  evident  to  the  most 
5 


98  Charleston  Illustrated. 

superficial  observer,  that  a  very  few  more  years  are 
needed  to  restore  the  city  to  its  former  prosperity  ; 
and  this  opinion  will  be  confirmed  by  an  examination 
of  the  various  branches  of  industry. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  this  sketch  to  enter 
into  a  statistical  account  of  the  business  of  the  city, 
but  the  statements  and  figures  which  we  give  below 
can  be  relied  on  as  being  as  nearly  as  possible  accu- 
rate, and  can  be  confirmed  and  amplified  by  reference 
to  the  reports  of  the  various  branches  of  trade.  It 
must  be  remembered  that  the  business  year  com- 
mences in  Charleston  on  the  first  of  September ;  the 
current  year,  therefore,  is  not  included  in  our  state- 
ments. 

The  banking  capital  of  Charleston  now  amounts  to 
$2,750,000. 

The  receipts  of  cotton  at  the  port  of  Charleston 
from  September  I,  1873,  to  August  31,  1874,  were 
438,718  bales. 

The  receipts  of  rice  for  the  same  time  were  43,967 
tierces.  Of  naval  stores,  about  225,683  barrels. 
Lumber  is  another  important  branch  of  trade  at  this 
port.  The  exports  for  the  period  above  referred  to 
were  19,568,091  feet. 

There  are  five  phosphate  companies  in  active  ope- 
ration in  Charleston ;  their  works  are  located  on  the 
Cooper  and  Ashley  rivers,  within  about  five  miles  of 
the  city.  The  manufacture  of  commercial  fertilizers 
.gives  employment  to  upwards  of  $12,000,000  of  cap- 
ital. During  the  year  1864,  18,000  tons  of  crude 
phosphate  were  consumed  by  the  Charleston  compa- 


Charleston  Illustrated.  99 

nies.  and  the  total  exports  and  consumption  reached 
the  astonishing  amount  of  112,515  tons. 

The  cultivation  of  garden  produce,  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Charleston,  began  in  1865  or  1866,  when 
about  28,000  packages  were  shipped  to  the  North. 
In  1871-72,  the  number  of  packages  was  101,629,  and 
in  1874,  149,757  packages  were  shipped  from  this 
port. 

In  addition  to  the  business  in  the  staple  articles  of 
Southern  produce,  Charleston  has  a  larger  jobbing 
trade  in  groceries,  provisions,  dry  goods,  medicines, 
and  clothing,  than  is  enjoyed  by  any  other  city  in  the 
South  Atlantic  States.  The  annual  sales  amount  to 
$25,000,000,  and  experience  has  proved  that  the  mer- 
chants of  the  interior  of  the  State  find  it  to  their 
advantage  to  purchase  their  supplies  in  Charleston, 
rather  than  at  the  North. 

Local  manufactures  have  also  progressed  rapidly. 
The  iron-works,  five  in  number,  give  employment  to 
upwards  of  three  hundred  hands,  and  more  than  a 
half  million  of  capital.  All  of  these  establishments 
have  founderies  attached,  in  which  the  heaviest  cast- 
ings are  made. 

The  South  Carolina  Railroad  workshops  have  suc- 
cessfully attempted  the  manufacture  of  locomotive 
engines,  which  have  proved  quite  equal  to  those  made 
at  the  best  Northern  manufactories. 

To  Mr.  John  F.  Taylor,  the  principal  of  the  largest 
of  these  machine  shops,  belongs  the  honor  of  the 
invention  of  the  hydraulic  cotton  press,  which  is 
acknowledged  to  be  superior  to  any  formerly  in  use, 


ioo  Charleston  Illustrated. 

and  has  been  adopted  in  several  of  the  largest  cities 
in  the  country. 

There  are  seven  cotton  presses  in  Charleston,  which 
prepare  for  shipment  all  of  the  cotton  exported. 

In  addition  to  the  manufactures  above  named,  there 
are  several  sash  and  blind  factories,  which  supply  the 
city  and  the  whole  surrounding  country,  and  a  new 
branch  of  industry  has  been  opened,  in  the  establish- 
ment of  a  manufactory  of  ready-made  houses,  where 
all  the  parts  of  a  house  are  made  by  machinery  and 
fitted  together  ;  they  are  then  taken  apart  and  shipped 
to  any  part  of  the  country,  so  arranged  that  the  com- 
monest carpenter  can  put  them  together  and  erect  a 
neat  dwelling. 

Three  lines  of  street  railway  traverse  the  city. 
The  City  Railway  Company  runs  two,  starting  from 
the  Battery,  the  lines  run  up  Meeting  street  to  Went- 
worth,  where  they  divide,  one  going  through  Went- 
worth  to  Rutledge,  and  through  Rutledge  street  and 
Rutledge  Avenue  to  Sheppard  street ;  the  other,  con- 
tinuing up  Meeting  to  Calhoun  street,  thence  to  King, 
through  King  to  the  same  terminus.  The  Enter- 
prise Railway  has  its  lower  terminus  at  the  foot  of 
East  Bay,  and  follows  that  street  to  Calhoun,  thence 
to  Washington,  and  through  Chapel,  Elizabeth  and 
John  streets,  to  Meeting  street,  and  is  continued  as 
far  up  as  the  entrance  to  Magnolia  Cemetery,  three 
miles  from  the  Court  House.  This  company  proposes 
to  establish  a  freight  line  from  the  farms  on  the  neck, 
and  the  South  Carolina  and  North-Kastern  Railroad 
depots,  to  the  several  wharves  along  East  Bay. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  101 

The  facilities  for  transportation  to  and  from  Charles- 
ton are  excellent.  The  South  Carolina,  North-Eastern, 
and  Savannah  and  Charleston  Railroads,  connect  with 
all  points  North  and  South,  and  when  the  Spartan- 
burg  and  Asheville  Railroad  is  completed,  which 
promises  to  be  in  a  short  time,  there  will  be  full 
communication  with  the  West  and  North- West,  which 
cannot  fail  to  add  greatly  to  the  commerce  of  the 
city. 

The  Steamship  lines  are  admirably  conducted  and 
do  a  flourishing  business  ;  there  are  two  lines  to  New 
York,  and  one  each  to  Philadelphia,  Baltimore,  and 
Boston,  besides  the  steamers  which  ply  between 
Charleston  and  Georgetown,  Beaufort,  and  other 
points  along  the  coast  of  the  State. 

These  are  a  few  among  the  many  advantages  which 
Charleston  enjoys  as  a  commercial  emporium.  It 
remains  for  us  now  to  notice  some  of  the  public 
buildings,  whose  erection  marks  a  returning  pros- 
perity and  some  of  the  points  of  interest  in  and 
around  the  city. 

The  Academy  of  Music  supplies  the  place  of  the 
old  Charleston  Theatre,  on  Meeting  street,  destroyed 
by  the  great  fire.  It  is  a  very  ornamental  and  admi- 
rably arranged  little  theatre,  with  a  capacity  for  seat- 
ing about  twelve  hundred  persons ;  in  proportion  to 
the  building,  the  stage  is  a  very  fine  one,  being  forty 
feet  deep,  fifty-three  feet  wide,  and  fifty-one  feet  high. 
The  building  stands  at  the  corner  of  King  and  Mar- 
ket streets,  and  has  a  front -of  sixty-feet,  is  two  hun- 
dred and  thirty-one  feet  deep,  and  seventy-five  feet 


102 


Charleston  Illustrated, 


ting,  by  Photo.  Eng.  Co.,  N.  Y. 
ACADEMY  OF  MUSIC. 


high.  It  was  built  for  a  mammoth  dry  goods  store, 
the  most  extensive  Charleston  ever  had,  and  its 
original  cost  was  one  hundred  and  sixty  thousand 
dollars.  In  1869,  it  was  purchased  by  Mr.  John 
Chadwick,  a  Northerner  residing  in  Charleston,  and 
the  interior  remodelled,  making  the  theatre,  two  large 
halls,  and  a  fine  store  on  the  first  floor  opening  on 
King  street. 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


103 


The  property  has  lately  been  purchased  by  Mr. 
John  E.  Owens,  himself  an  actor,  and  there  is  every 
prospect  that  the  theatre  will  always  be  occupied  by 
a  good  company  of  actors. 


•IIC  TEMPLE. 


The  Masonic  Temple,  at  the  southeast  corner  of 
King  and  Wentworth  streets,  was  erected  by  the 
Masonic  fraternity  for  their  meetings,  and  is  arranged 
for  the  purpose.  The  first  floor  is  occupied  by  three 
fine  stores  fronting  on  King  street ;  in  rear  of  these, 
on  Wentworth  street,  is  the  main  entrance  to  the 


IO4  Charleston  Illustrated. 

second  floor,  which  consists  of  a  large  hall,  with  one 
or  two  committee  rooms ;  above  this,  on  the  third 
floor,  are  the  smaller  lodge  rooms. 

The  United  States  Court  House  is  situated  on  the 
west  side  of  Meeting  street,  between  Broad  and  Tradd, 
and  is  a  very  handsome  three  story  building,  recessed 
somewhat  from  the  street,  and  having  a  neatly  laid 
out  garden  in  front.  It  was  erected  before  the  war 
by  the  Carolina  Club,  at  that  time  one  of  the  wealthiest 
in  America,  and  was  perfectly  adapted  for  the  comfort 
and  entertainment  of  the  members.  After  the  war, 
the  Club  had  lost  all  their  funds,  and  the  building 
was  sold  to  the  United  States  Government,  and 
arranged  for  its  present  uses. 

The  new  German  Lutheran  Church  is  situated  on 
King  street,  opposite  the  Citadel.  It  is  a  very  hand- 
some building  in  the  Gothic  style,  and  speaks  well 
for  the  enterprise  and  liberality  of  the  German 
citizens. 

Among  the  relics  of  early  days  in  Carolina  stands 
the  Parish  Church  of  St.  Andrew's.  This  Parish  was 
laid  off  in  1706,  and  a  plain  brick  church  built.  In 
1723  this  was  added  to,  making  it  in  the  form  of  a 
cross,  forty  feet  long  by  fifty-two  wide,  with  a  hand- 
some chancel  twelve  feet  deep  and  twenty-four  feet 
wide ;  it  was  neatly  finished  and  had  commodious 
pews.  At  the  west  end  was  a  gallery,  originally 
intended  for  those  who  had  no  pews,  but  afterwards 
appropriated  to  the  colored  people.  At  the  east  end 
was  a  large  window,  and  another  on  each  side  of  the 
communion  table.  This  church  was  destroyed  by 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


105 


fire,  and  rebuilt  in  1764,  and  now  remains  one  of  the 
few  which  have  escaped  the  vicissitudes  of  two 
revolutions. 


Photo,  by  Barnard. 


Eng.  by  Photo.  Eng.  Co.,  N.  Y. 

NEW   GERMAN   CHURCH. 


Before  the  war  the  Parish  of  St.  Andrew's  was  quite 
prosperous,  and  there  were  many  fine  residences  and 
rich  farms  in  it ;  but  it  suffered  severely,  and  the 
destruction  of  the  bridge  across  the  Ashley,  by 
rendering  communication  with  the  city  more  difficult, 


io6 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


has  retarded  its  revival.     The  country,  however,  is 
beautiful,  and  well  repays  the  trouble  of  a  trip  into  it. 
But  by  far  the   most  interesting  spot  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Charleston  is  the  old  Church  of  St.  James' 


Photo,  by  Barnard. 


Eng.  by  Photo.  Eng.  Co.,  A'.  Y. 


OLD  GOOSECK 


Goosecreek,  situated  in  the  midst  of  a  beautiful 
country,  surrounded  by  many  objects  which  excite 
the  interest  of  the  traveller,  and  connected  by  many  as- 
sociations with  the  history  of  the  State  in  all  its  stages. 
This  has  the  advantage,  too,  of  being  easily  ac- 
cessible from  the  city.  Taking  the  North-Eastern 


Charleston  Illustrated.  107 

Railroad,  the  excursionist  is  landed  at  Porcher's 
Station,  fifteen  miles  from  Charleston,  on  the  grounds 
of  the  Otranto  Club.  This  beautiful  place,  with  its 
delightful  residence,  was  once  the  property  of  the 
well  known  botanist,  Dr.  Garden,  the  correspondent 
of  Linnaeus,  and  after  whom  the  great  naturalist 
named  our  beautiful  Gardenia. 

A  walk  of  about  a  mile  takes  us  across  Goose- 
creek  bridge,  along  a  winding  road,  to  the  church,  a 
handsome  rough  cast  brick  building,  a  short  distance 
from  the  creek.  It  has  four  arched  windows  and  a 
door  on  each  side,  with  a  cherub  in  stucco,  on  each 
keystone ;  over  the  west  door  is  a  pelican  feeding 
her  young ;  at  the  east  end  is  a  large  window,  in 
front  of  which  is  the  chancel,  in  which  stand  the 
altar,  pulpit,  and  reading  desk  ;  over  this  window  the 
Royal  Arms  of  England  still  stand  in  high  relief. 
The  sides  of  the  altar  are  ornamented  with  four 
Corinthian  pilasters  supporting  a  cornice,  and  be- 
tween them  are  tables  of  the  Decalogue,  Apostles' 
Creed,  and  Lord's  Prayer.  The  roof  is  supported 
by  four  Doric  columns,  and  on  the  walls  are  several 
marble  tablets,  in  memory  of  the  early  members 
of  the  congregation.  Among  them,  one  commemo- 
rates the  virtues  of  the  Hon.  Ralph  Izard,  for  many 
years  one  of  the  leading  men  of  the  State,  and  a 
gentleman  of  great  ability  and  high  culture. 

A  short  distance  from  the  church,  on  the  other 
side  of  the  main  road,  is  a  farm,  known  as  "The 
Oaks."  from  the  magnificent  avenue  of  those  trees 
by  which  it  is  approached.  No  one  should  leave 


io8  Charleston  Illustrated. 

the  neighborhood  without  visiting  this  avenue.  The 
trees  are  said  to  have  been  planted  by  one  of  the 
very  earliest  settlers,  and  are,  consequently,  near  two 
hundred  years  old  ;  they  have  attained  great  size, 
and  for  nearly  a  quarter  of  a  mile  form  a  continuous 
arch  over  the  broad  road  ;  the  dark  foliage  of  the  live 
oak,  festooned  with  grey  moss,  renders  the  effect 
inexpressibly  grand. 

Charleston  would  be  incomplete  without  her  charm- 
ing places  of  resort,  Moultrieville,  Mount  Pleasant, 
and  Sumrnerville ;  the  former  occupies  the  historic 
ground  of  Sullivan's  Island.  The  Island  had  become 
quite  a  fashionable  resort  before  the  war,  and  every 
summer  presented  a  scene  of  much  gayety.  A  fine 
hotel,  the  "  Moultrie  House,"  stood  on  the  front 
beach,  and  was  constantly  filled  with  visitors  ;  there 
were  many  fine  residences,  besides  the  large  number 
of  houses  put  up  for  temporary  use,  but  the  military 
operations  demolished  them,  and  at  the  end  of  the 
war  there  were  not  more  than  three  houses  standing 
on  the  whole  Island.  Since  that  time  the  growth  has 
been  astonishing  ;  there  are  now  four  hundred  houses 
on  Moultrieville,  a  considerable  portion  of  them 
handsome  and  substantial  residences,  completely  fin- 
ished in  every  respect,  and  it  is  estimated  that  not 
less  than  a  half  million  of  dollars  has  been  spent  in 
building. 

In  rear  of  Fort  Moultrie,  near  the  sally-port,  a 
simple  stone  slab  marks  the  grave  of  Oceola,  the 
Seminole  chief,  whose  sufferings  while  a  prisoner 
there  excited  much  sympathy.  The  killing  of  Gen. 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


109 


Photo,  by  farnard. 


by  Photo.  Ens.  Co.,  N.  Y. 


OCEOLA'S  GRAVE. 


Thompson,  the  United  States  Indian  agent,  by  him, 
brought  about  the  second  Seminole  war,  and  in  it  he 
played  a  conspicuous  part.  For  a  long  time  he  dis- 
played great  ability,  as  well  as  daring,  in  conducting 
the  struggle  against  superior  forces,  but  at  length,  on 
the  2$d  of  October,  1837,  while  holding  a  conference 
under  a  flag  of  truce  with  Gen.  Jesup,  near  St.  Augus- 


IIO 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


tine,  he  was  treacherously  seized  and  sent  to  Fort 
Moultrie  ;  there  he  was  not  treated  with  severity, 
and  was,  generally,  permitted  to  walk  about  the 
Island,  but  he  could  not  stand  restraint,  and  literally 


Photo,  by  Barnard. 


ntr.  by  Photo.  Eng.  Co.,  N.  Y. 


pined  away,  until  death  released  him  from  his  suffer- 
ings, on  the  3 1st  of  January,  1838. 

Each  year  more  families  are  taking  up  their  resi- 
dence there  for  the  summer,  and  thus  finding  an 
agreeable  retreat  from  the  city  without  the  expense 
and  trouble  of  going  far  away  from  home  ;  and  even 


Charleston  Illustrated.  \  1 1 

from  the  interior  of  the  State  persons  are  coming  to 
enjoy  the  salubrious  climate  and  the  many  pleasures 
which  the  island  affords. 

The  beach,  nearly  a  hundred  yards  wide  at  low  water, 
firm  and  shelving  very  gently,  extends  a  distance  of 
over  three  miles,  and  furnishes  a  delightful  drive. 

A  splendid  surf  rolls  in  with  the  rising  tide,  and 
the  tides  and  currents  are  so  much  to  be  depended 
on  that  Sullivan's  Island  is  recognized  as  one  of  the 
safest,  as  well  as  one  of  the  pleasantest  places  for  sea- 
bathing along  the  entire  Atlantic  coast. 

A  street  railway  has  lately  been  established,  run- 
ning from  the  Ferry  wharf  nearly  to  the  end  of  the 
inhabited  portion  of  the  island;  and  this,  with  the 
improvements  which  have  been  made  in  the  streets, 
has  rendered  travel  very  easy  and  pleasant. 

The  situation  of  the  island,  at  the  entrance  of  the 
harbor,  is  beautiful.  One  standing  on  the  beach  has 
to  the  east  a  view  of  the  limitless  extent  of  the  ocean  ; 
before  him  lies  Fort  Sumter,  and  beyond  it  the  shores 
of  Morris'  and  James'  Islands  ;  while  to  the  west 
stands  the  city,  its  fine  buildings  and  graceful  spires 
rising  from  the  bay. 

Sullivan's  Island  is  endeared  to  every  Charlestonian 
by  his  pride  in  the  noble  old  fort  which  is  so  con- 
nected with  the  glory  of  the  State  in  its  two  revolu- 
tions, and  by  the  recollection  of  many  happy  days 
spent  there ;  and  to  the  stranger  it  is  sure  to  be 
interesting,  not  only  from  its  history,  but  also  from 
the  many  pleasures  which  may  be  had  in  the  way  of 
fishing,  surf-bathing,  driving  on  the  beach,  etc. 


1 1 2  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Mount  Pleasant,  with  its  high  bluff  of  yellow 
sand,  and  its  background  of  dark  foliage,  forms  a 
very  pretty  picture.  This  village  was  originally  a 
summer  resort  for  the  planters  of  Christ  Church 
Parish,  but  its  healthy  climate  and  pleasant  situation 
soon  induced  a  number  of  the  business  men  of  the 
city  to  adopt  it  as  a  retreat.  Although  not  possess- 
ing the  fine  beach  and  surf  of  Sullivan's  Island,  it 
gets  as  much  of  the  cool  sea-breeze,  and  has  the 
advantage  of  easy  access  to  the  surrounding  country, 
affording  pretty  walks  and  drives,  and  during  the 
winter  season,  a  fine  field  for  the  sportsman. 

The  resources  of  this  locality  are  as  yet  far  from 
being  developed.  Already  market  gardening  has  be- 
come an  important  branch  of  industry  in  the  neighbor- 
hood, the  easy  water  communication  with  the  city 
enabling  the  farmers  to  compete  successfully  with 
those  on  Charleston  Neck,  but  the  thing  which  will 
one  day  make  Mount  Pleasant  a  place  of  importance, 
is  its  peculiar  fitness  for  the  establishment  of  manu- 
factories. Large  cotton  and  other  factories,  which 
could  not  be  conveniently  located  in  the  city  itself, 
would  here  have  ample  room  for  the  accommodation, 
in  a  healthy  locality,  of  hundreds  of  operatives,  and 
the  perfectly  easy  access  to  the  shipping  of  the  port 
would  render  their  being  out  of  the  city  rather  an 
advantage  than  otherwise.  There  can  be  little  doubt 
that,  as  Charleston  continues  to  grow,  and  the  neces- 
sity of  home  manufacture  becomes  more  evident, 
this  plan,  which  has  several  times  already  been  dis 
cussed,  will  be  carried  into  execution. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  1 1 3 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  spot  at  present  in  this 
little  village  is  the  soldiers'  burying-ground.  It  con- 
tains about  an  acre  of  ground,  in  an  elevated  situa- 
tion, and  here  lie  buried  not  only  the  remains  of 
Confederate  and  Federal  soldiers,  who  died,  or  were 
killed,  during  the  late  war,  but  also  those  of  several 
of  the  State  troops,  who  died  during  the  war  of  1812. 
To  the  memory  of  these  last  a  monument  was  erected 
many  years  ago,  which  still  stands,  and,  though  in  a 
somewhat  dilapidated  condition,  is  the  most  conspicu- 
ous object  in  the  burial  ground.  It  is  built  of  brick, 
and  the  upper  part  is  a  pyramid,  which  rests  on  a 
square  foundation,  on  two  of  the  sides  of  which 
marble  slabs  are  let  in,  while  the  other  two  have  been 
covered  with  white  plaster,  to  resemble  the  marble. 
One  of  the  slabs  bears  the  following  inscription : 
"On  the  1 8th  of  June,  1812,  the  United  States  of 
America  declared  war  against  Great  Britain.  At  the 
first  sound  of  the  trumpet  the  patriot  soldiers  who 
sleep  beneath  this  monument  flew  to  the  standard  of 
liberty.  Here  they  fell  beneath  the  scythe  of  death. 
The  sympathies  of  the  brave,  the  tear  of  the  stranger, 
and  the  slow  dirges  of  the  camp,  attended  them  to 
their  tomb : 

"  How  sleep  the  brave  who  sink  to  rest, 
With  all  their  country's  wishes  blest, 
The  laurel  leaf  of  shining  green 
Will  still  around  their  tomb  be  seen.1' 

The  other  side  is  inscribed  to  the  memory  of  thir- 
teen soldiers,  of  the  third  regiment  of  State  troops. 


1 1 4  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Scattered  around  this  monument,  are  the  graves  of 
some  fifty  or  sixty  Confederate  soldiers. 

Mount  Pleasant  and  Sullivan's  Island  are  easily 
reached  by  the  boats  of  the  Mount  Pleasant  and 
Sullivan's  Island  Ferry  Company,  which  make  fre- 
quent daily  trips;  this  line  is  doing  so  well,  that  it  is 
proposed  soon  to  provide  commodious  and  fast  boats, 
such  as  are  in  use  on  the  northern  ferries. 

Although  spoken  of  as  summer  resorts,  these  two 
places  are  worth  visiting  at  any  time.  The  woods 
around  Mount  Pleasant  are  always  beautiful,  and  in 
the  spring  are  a  mass  of  jessamines,  whose  fragrance 
fill  the  air. 

The  island  is  to  a  great  extent  deserted  in  the 
winter,  but  the  sea  breeze  is  always  mild,  and  on  a 
clear,  cold  day,  nothing  is  more  exhilarating  than  a 
brisk  walk  on  the  beach. 

Contrasted  with  these  two  seaside  resorts,  is  Sum- 
merville,  about  twenty -two  miles  from  Charleston,  on 
the  line  of  the  South  Carolina  Railroad,  and  in  the 
midst  of  the  pine  woods.  It  is  situated  on  a  ridge 
which  extends  across  from  the  Cooper  to  the  Ashley 
River,  and  which  is  remarkable  for  its  healthfulness. 
The  climate  is  very  agreeable  ;  in  winter  being  out 
of  the  influence  of  the  east  winds,  which  frequently 
prevail  on  the  coast,  the  temperature  is  mild  and 
equable,  and  in  summer,  though  the  days  are  warm, 
a  delicious  coolness  pervades  the  atmosphere  at  night 
which  ensures  refreshing  sleep.  From  these  causes  it 
is  particularly  beneficial  to  invalids,  or  persons  con- 
valescing from  illness.  The  village  has  been  settled 


Charleston  Illustrated.  1 1 5 

a  very  long  time,  but,  like  most  places  of  the  kind, 
has  grown  slowly.  It  has  now,  however,  reached  quite 
a  respectable  size.  The  houses  are  built  far  apart,  so 
that  each  one  is  perfectly  private,  and  like  a  country 
residence. 

The  many  advantages  which  Summerville  possesses 
are  being  rapidly  realized,  and  each  year  the  popula 
tion  is  increasing.  There  are  several  excellent  board- 
ing  houses,  which  are  generally  full.  Churches 
of  all  the  religious  denominations,  good  schools  and 
a  well  supplied  market  furnish  all  the  requisites  for 
comfortable  and  pleasant  living,  and  many  families, 
induced  by  these  advantages,  and  by  the  cheapness 
of  house  rents,  are  taking  up  their  residence  there. 
As  the  South  Carolina  Railroad  runs  special  trains 
for  the  accommodation  of  the  residents,  it  is  perfectly 
convenient  for  business  men,  who  find  it  a  great  re- 
lief, after  the  fatigues  of  a  day  in  the  city,  to  retreat 
to  the  quiet  of  Summerville. 

The  country  around  abounds  with  game,  and  the 
Summerville  men  have  always  been  renowned  as 
hunters.  Although  situated,  as  we  have  said,  in  a 
pine-barren,  there  are  many  pretty  walks  and  drives 
about  the  village,  and  on  the  banks  of  the  Ashley, 
about  four  miles  off,  some  spots  of  great  beauty. 
The  most  interesting  of  these  is  Newington,  once  an 
elegant  country  seat,  now  a  picturesque  ruin.  Ap- 
proaching from  Summerville  by  a  rather  uninteresting 
pineland  road,  the  scene  suddenly  changes,  and  we 
find  ourselves  in  the  midst  of  a  dense  growth  of  live 
oaks,  magnolias,  and  other  trees,  denoting  the  neigh- 


1 1 6  Charleston  Illustrated. 

borhood  of  the  river ;  passing  through  a  belt  of  these 
we  come  upon  an  open  space,  in  which  stand  the 
walls  of  the  once  splendid  mansion,  almost  hidden 
by  a  dense  growth  of  vines  and  creeping  plants. 

Besides  Newington,  there  are  in  this  neighborhood 
the  remnants  of  several  other  seats,  which  were  occu- 
pied by  wealthy  men  in  the  days  when  this  part  of  the 
country  was  more  resorted  to  than  it  is  at  present. 
The  question  is  frequently  asked  by  strangers,  how 
it  is  that  these  places,  which  were  evidently  at  one 
time  noble  residences,  are  now  entirely  deserted. 
There  are  two  causes.  In  the  first  place,  it  is  rather 
a  remarkable  fact,  that  the  climate  of  the  country 
seems  to  have  changed,  and  places  which  were  once 
quite  healthy,  are  now  altogether  the  reverse.  It 
was  formerly  a  common  thing  for  persons  to  go  to 
the  plantations  along  the  Cooper,  Ashley,  and  Santee 
Rivers,  to  spend  the  summer.  Fifty  years  ago  New- 
ington, for  instance,  would  have  been  regarded  as  an 
agreeable  summer  retreat;  now  any  person  who 
should  venture  to  spend  a  night  there  during  the 
summer  months,  would  be  almost  sure  of  an  attack 
of  chills  and  fever. 

But,  besides  that,  this  part  of  the  country  is  no 
longer  profitable  for  cultivation.  Sea  Island  cotton 
and  rice  belong  to  the  sea-board,  and  upland  cotton 
is  more  profitably  cultivated  in  the  interior  of  the 
State.  There  is  no  doubt  that  in  time  the  facilities 
which  this  part  of  the  State  enjoys  for  stock-rais- 
ing, small  farming,  and  other  branches  of  agri- 
cultural industry,  will  be  appreciated  and  developed, 


Charleston  Illustrated.  1 1 7 

but  in  the  mean  time  it  remains  comparatively  unin- 
habited. 

With  these  three  delightful  resorts,  Charleston  en- 
joys advantages  possessed  by  few  cities  in  this  coun- 
try ;  the  citizens  can  at  a  small  expense,  and  without 
the  necessity  of  giving  up  business  or  breaking  up 
the  family  circle,  obtain  relaxation  from  the  confine- 
ment of  the  city,  or  a  healthy  retreat  in  seasons  of 
sickness  ;  and  when  a  freer  communication  is  estab- 
lished with  the  mountain  regions  of  South  and  North 
Carolina,  an  opportunity  will  be  afforded  to  those 
who  desire  more  completely  to  change  scene  and 
climate,  to  do  so  easily  and  comfortably,  and  without 
going  much  beyond  the  boundaries  of  their  own 
State. 

As  the  advantages  become  more  appreciated,  they 
add  largely  to  the  material  prosperity  of  the  city. 
Money  made  here  is  kept  in  circulation  in  and  around 
the  city  instead  of  being  spent  in  distant  places. 
Charleston  mechanics  build  the  houses,  which  are  in 
demand,  the  supplies  are  all  obtained  from  the  city, 
and  a  large  number  of  persons  are  given  employment 
in  various  capacities. 

The  facilities  which  Charleston  enjoys  for  commu- 
nication with  the  outer  world  are  too  great  to  permit 
her  people  to  become  provincial  or  narrow-minded, 
and  their  growing  ability  to  live  within  themselves, 
and  on  their  own  resources,  cannot  be  too  highly 
valued. 

Magnolia  Cemetery  is  one  of  the  features  of  the 
city  which  cannot  fail  to  be  interesting  to  the  stran- 


1 1 8  Charleston  Illustrated. 

ger  as  well  as  to  the  resident  of  the  city,  to  whom  it 
is  endeared  by  many  touching  associations. 

It  is  situated  just  beyond  the  limits  of  the  city, 
three  miles  from  the  Court  House.  Since  the  com- 
pletion of  the  Enterprise  Railway,  as  far  as  the  en- 
trance to  the  avenue  leading  to  the  cemetery,  it  is 
very  easy  of  access.  We  enter  first  Bethany  Ceme- 
tery. This  is  the  burial  ground  of  the  German 
population,  as  any  one  will  at  once  perceive  by  the 
inscriptions  on  the  tombstones,  which  are  all  in  the 
German  language.  The  solemn  and  touching  words, 
"  Her  ruhet  in  Gott,"  greet  the  eye  at  every  step, 
impressing  the  imagination  with  religious  awe,  and 
forming,  as  it  were,  an  ever  present  consecration  of 
the  hallowed  spot.  This  cemetery  is  beautifully  kept 
and  its  white  gravelled  walks  shining  amid  the  green 
shrubbery  and  the  blooming  flowers,  and  under  the 
aged  oaks,  illustrate  well  how  nature  is  improved  by 
art. 

Leaving  this  cemetery  we  come  to  the  main  en- 
trance to  Magnolia,  through  a  massive  gate,  with  a 
porter's  lodge  just  within.  A  large  bell  is  suspended 
from  a  scaffolding  near  by,  which  is  solemnly  tolled 
on  the  approach  of  a  funeral  procession. 

Standing  in  the  gateway,  you  can.  about  a  hundred 
yards  distant  on  your  left,  across  the  still  waters  of 
the  serpentine,  see  the  small  Gothic  Chapel  of  the 
Cemetery,  where  the  burial  service  is  sometimes 
read.  Passing  in,  and  keeping  on  the  right,  you  soon 
see  an  array  of  a  score  or  more  of  white  wooden 
head-boards,  that  look  like  ghostly  sentinels  at  the 


Charleston  Illustrated.  \  19 

gates  of  death.  These  mark  the  resting  place  of  the 
Federal  soldiers  who  have  died  in  Charleston.  Just 
beyond  these  is  the  Confederate  burying  ground. 
Side  by  side  and  rank  on  rank,  as  when  they  charged 
the  bristling  breastworks  of  the  enemy,  now  lie  these 
patriot  soldiers  of  a  vanquished  country,  in  sweet 
oblivion  of  the  stupendous  ruin  that  has  crushed  the 
land  of  their  nativity  and  love.  Of  that  crowd  of 
hillocks,  there  are  some  that  have  no  mark  to  tell 
who  lies  beneath.  Their  occupants  belong  to  the 
vast  throng  of  the  unknown  dead — unknown,  yet  un- 
forgotten,  living  ever  in  the  hearts  of  the  people 
whom  they  died  to  defend.  Orators  have  pronounced 
their  eulogy,  flowers  have  decked  their  graves,  and 
the  incense  of  their  praise  has  gone  up  to  heaven  on 
the  music  of  the  voices  of  the  people,  but  it  remains 
for  the  historian's  pen  to  embalm  their  memory  in 
the  language  of  truthful  commendation,  and  for  pos- 
terity to  accord  that  meed  of  lasting  fame  which 
valor  and  endurance,  when  prompted  by  noted  mo- 
tives, and  exercised  in  a  holy  cause,  must  ever  win. 
A  granite  pedestal,  intended  to  bear  an  appropriate 
monument,  marks  the  centre  of  the  ground. 

Passing  from  the  Confederate  burying  ground,  we 
enter  the  Catholic  cemetery.  This  is  truly  a  city  of 
the  dead.  A  broad,  white  street  runs  through  the 
middle  from  east  to  west,  in  the  central  and  highest 
point  of  which  is  erected  a  huge  black  wooden  cross. 
On  each  side  the  lots  are  laid  out  in  various  forms- 
square,  circular,  semi-circular,  oval,  etc.  Most  of  the 
lots  are  nicely  kept,  and  the  well-trimmed  cedars  and 


I2O  Charleston  Illustrated. 

shrubbery,  and  the  numerous  roses  and  other  flowers, 
make  them  look  like  little  gardens. 

The  sign  of  the  cross  consecrates  every  grave, 
wooden  crosses  being  erected  where  there  is  no  other 
head  board,  and  marble  crosses  carved  on  all  the  up- 
right monuments,  while  a  representation  of  a  cross  is 
engraved  on  the  horizontal  slabs. 

At  the  eastern  end  of  this  cemetery  you  catch 
through  the  openings  of  the  shrubbery  that  border 
the  marsh,  occasional  glimpses  of  the  river ;  but  by 
passing  a  break  in  the  hedge  that  here  divides  the 
Roman  Catholic  from  the  Protestant  portion  of  the 
grounds,  and  walking  a  few  steps  to  what  is,  we 
believe,  the  south-eastern  point  of  Magnolia,  just 
below  the  lot  of  the  Kerrison  family,  you  can,  on  a 
bright  day,  obtain  a  most  magnificent  view  of  the 
city  and  harbor.  The  city  spires  of  St.  Michael's, 
St.  Philip's,  Grace  Church,  the  Citadel  Square  Baptist 
Church,  the  new  German  Church,  and  even  the  low 
steeple  of  Flinn's  Church,  and  the  cupola  of  the 
Orphan  House,  are  clearly  defined  against  the  sky  ; 
the  dim  smoke  curls  up  from  the  chimneys  of  the 
founderies  and  steam  mills,  and  trails  far  behind  the 
flying  locomotives.  The  residences  in  the  north- 
eastern part  of  the  city  can  be  recognized,  and  beyond 
them  can  be  seen  the  clustering  masts  of  the  vessels 
at  the  wharves.  The  sun  glances  on  the  blue  ripples 
of  the  waters  of  the  bay,  while  Sumter  looms  up  in 
the  distance,  a  stern  memento  of  the  past.  Vessels, 
with  white  sails,  pass  to  and  fro,  and  the  row-boats, 
with  their  singing  oarsmen,  while  the  blue  pines,  glit- 


Charleston  Illustrated.  12 1 

tering  sands,  white  houses,  and  low  forts  of  James' 
Island,  Morris  Island,  Sullivan's  Island,  and  Christ 
Church,  form  a  charming  back  ground  or  border,  and 
Castle  Pinckney  occupies  a  prominent  place  in  the 
foreground. 

Turning  back  from  this  view  to  the  cemetery,  we 
come  upon  many  elegant  monuments,  now  marking 
the  resting  place  of  distinguished  citizens,  but  space 
only  permits  the  mention  of  one  or  two ;  and  first 
we  have  the 

WILLIAM    WASHINGTON    MONUMENT. 

One  of  the  attractions  of  these  beautiful  grounds 
is  this  elegant  testimonial  to  one  of  the  foremost  men 
of  the  Revolutionary  army.  Col.  Washington  came 
to  South  Carolina,  under  assignment,  as  commander 
of  cavalry,  and  made  a  great  name  as  an  active  and 
brave  partisan  leader.  During  the  war  he  met  Miss 
Jane  Elliott,  of  Charleston,  who  improvised  for  his 
cavalry  regiment  a  flag,  by  cutting  out  from  a  rich 
drawing-room  chair  the  crimson  brocade  adorning 
the  back  of  it,  which  had  the  merit  of  being  very 
distinct  in  color  and  handy  in  size.  She  became  Mrs. 
Washington,  and,  in  1827,  presented  her  husband's 
battle  flag  to  the  Washington  Light  Infantry  of 
Charleston,  at  the  solicitation  of  Col.  George  Warren 
Cross,  Capts.  R.  B.  Gilchrist  and  Henry  Ravenel, 
all  members  of  the  corps.  The  ceremony  took  place 
at  the  Battery  residence,  corner  of  Church  street, 
and  Sergt.  Henry  S.  Tew  was  the  first  color-bearer, 
6 


122 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


and  the  scene  is  still  remembered  by  several  surviv- 
ing members  of  that  parade.  This  venerated  relic  is 
the  only  one  which  can  be  traced  directly  to  the  bat- 
tle-fields of  the  American  Revolution,  in  the  custody 
of  a  military  corps,  and  wherever  borne  evokes  the 


Eng.  by  Photo.  Eng.  Co.,  N.  Y. 


THE  WM.    WASHINGTON    MONUMENT. 


wildest  enthusiasm,  the  latest  instance  being  on  the 
occasion  of  the  visit  of  the  Washington  Light  Infan- 
try to  the  Bunker  Hill  Centennial,  in  Boston,  June, 
1875.  Strange,  how  a  very  trifling  incident  produces, 
after  many  years,  a  marked  result.  That  flag  pre- 


C Ii arlcs ton  Illustrated.  123 

sentation  of  ipth  April,  1827,  brought  a  response 
thirty  years  afterwards.  In  the  midst  of  the  memo- 
rable festivities  of  the  semi-centennial  celebration 
of  the  corps,  22d  February,  1857,  ex-Commander 
Ravenel  proposed  that,  in  honor  of  Colonel  and  Mrs. 
Washington,  the  Company  erect  a  suitable  monument 
to  both,  which  was  voted  unanimously.  Col.  E.  B. 
White  asked  the  privilege  of  being  allowed  to  furnish 
the  design,  which  was  contracted  for,  and  carved  in 
Charleston,  by  Mr.  W.  T.  White.  It  is  of  Italian 
marble,  and  executed  with  great  taste  and  skill.  The 
State  Society  of  the  Cincinnati,  through  a  committee, 
consisting  of  James  Simons,  D.  H.  Hamilton,  Wm. 
H.  Peronneau,  Evan  Edwards,  and  David  Ramsay, 
asked  that  the  society  be  allowed  to  furnish  an  iron 
fence  for  the  enclosing  of  the  lot,  which  was  acceded 
to  by  the  company.  The  doorposts  are  brass  can- 
non, presented  by  Gov.  Alston,  of  South  Carolina, 
from  the  State  Arsenal,  both  of  revolutionary  date, 
as  are  also  the  sabres  crossed  over  the  doorway.  The 
fence  is  of  wrought  iron,  made  in  this  city,  by 
Mr.  Merker,  and  the  whole  affair  is  well  calculated 
to  do  honor  to  the  prominent  corps  to  whom  it  be- 
longs; while  no  American  can  see  it  without  a  feeling 
of  pride  and  satisfaction. 

Near  the  Washington  Monument,  stands  another 
costly  shaft,  erected  by  the  Washington  Light  In- 
fantry to  the  one  hundred  and  thirteen  dead  com- 
panions of  their  three  companies,  serving  in  the  war 
between  the  States  from  Charleston ;  of  which  about 
forty  per  cent.  "  perished  in  battle,  in  hospital,  or  on 


124  CJiarleston  Illustrated. 

the  weary  wayside — officers 
and  men,  they  were  of  the 
very  flower  of  this  ancient 
city,  her  young  hope  and  fair 
renown." 

The  Eutaw  Flag,  as  it  is 
familiarly  called,  is  of  heavy 
crimson  brocade  silk,  and 
having  been  in  existence 
nearly  a  century,  showed  so 
many  signs  of  wear,  that,  in 
1874,  it  was  quilted  on  to  a 
similar  piece  of  crimson  silk, 
and  the  work  is  so  beautifully 
done  by  a  lady — W.  L.  I. — 
as  to  preserve  it,  for  another 
century,  in  active  use.  It  is 

mounted  in  the  Roman  style.  Surmounting  the  staff 
is  the  eagle,  with  wings  ready  for  his  flight;  and 
below,  the  classic  initials  S.  P.  Q.  R. ;  cord  and 
tassels  of  gold  bullion.  It  is  displayed  on  parades 
of  22d  February  and  28th  June  every  year,  and  not 
otherwise,  except  by  special  orders  for  some  unusual 
occasion. 

The  company  has  a  large  pension  list,  and  dis- 
tributes about  a  thousand  dollars  a  year  to  the  widows 
and  children  of  their  dead  comrades.  The  pension 
certificates  are  enclosed,  on  the  first  of  January,  to 
the  pensioners,  who  have  only  to  endorse  the 
quarterly  coupons  attached,  at  the  date  of  maturity, 
and  send  it  to  the  bank  to  be  cashed — a  delicate  way 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


125 


EUTAW    FLAG. 


of  avoiding  calls  on  the  treasurer,  which  would  be  in- 
convenient to  ladies — while  the  amount  to  be  received 
during  the  year  is  at  the  same  time  communicated. 

The  corps  has  thus  honored  the  memory  of  their 
dead  and  has  been  ever  mindful  of  their  responsibility 
to  the  widow  and  the  fatherless.  This  is  the  secret 
of  their  widespread  popularity,  and  explains  the  gen- 
erous responses  elicited  at  the  late  grand  Easter  fair. 

The  next  monument  that  we  will  notice,  is  that 
of  Hugh  S.  Legare,  one  of  the  handsomest  in  the 
Cemetery.  It  is  a  beautiful  column  of  white  marble, 
upon  a  pedestal  of  the  same,  tastefully  ornamented  with 


126  Charleston  Ilhtstrated. 

the  sculptured  coats  of  arms  of  the  United  States  and 
South  Carolina.  No  pen  sketch  can  give  an  accurate 
idea  of  its  graceful  beauty.  It  is  inscribed  "  Hugh 
S.  Legare,  Attorney  General  and  Acting  Secretary  of 
State  of  the  United  States,  born  January  2,  1797, 
died  in  Boston,  June  20,  1843,  aged  46  years."  His 
remains  were  moved  to  this  city  and  the  monument 
was  erected  in  1857.  In  another  place  is  inscribed, 
"South  Carolina  claims  the  remains  of  her  gifted  and 
cherished  son."  "  This  monument  is  erected  to  his 
memory  by  his  sister,  admirers  and  friends."  South 
Carolina  has  produced  few  more  able  or  more  dis- 
tinguished men  than  Hugh  S.  Legare,  and  it  is  ex- 
tremely gratifying  that  so  handsome  a  monument 
marks  his  tomb. 

But   it  would  be  impossible  to  attempt  to  describe 
the  many  interesting  and  beautiful  objects  on  these 
grounds.     One   must  stroll  through  the  smooth  and 
shady  walks  and  note  them  for  himself. 
j~~~  Among  our  illustrations  of  the  city   churches  we 
/    have  had  the  French  Protestant  or  Huguenot;  there 
I    is  so  much  of  interest  connected   with   this   church, 
and  with  that  part  of  the  community  by  whom  it  was 
A     founded,  and  is    still  maintained,  that  we    insert    a 
more   extended   notice,  feeling   sure  that  it    will  be 
/      appreciated  by  the  citizens  of  Charleston,  as  well  as 
/      strangers,  who  come  to  visit  the  city  and  learn  some- 
thing of  its  history. 

^^\  "  The  French  Protestant  Church  of  Charleston  is 
\  one  of  four  churches  founded  by  the  French  Protest- 
I  ants  who,  on  the  Revocation  of  the  Edict  of  Nantz, 


*r 

Charleston  Illustrated.  127 

sought  civil  and  religious  liberty  in  that  part  of  the 
Province  of  Carolina  since  known  as  South  Carolina."* 
Originally  it  was  styled  "  L Eglise  Reformec  Francaise 
dc  Charlestown"  and  is  now  generally  known  as  the 
Huguenot  Church. 

This  church  is  nearly  coeval  with  Charleston,  and 
is  one  of  the  two  oldest  in  it.  Charleston  was  estab- 
lished at  Oyster  Point,  the  site  on  which  it  now  is,  in 
1680,  and  in  1686  there  was  a  French  Protestant 
congregation  in  the  town.  In  1686 — some  months 
after  the  Revocation  of  the  Edict  of  Nantz — the  re- 
fugees from  France  began  to  arrive  ;  and  there  was 
among  the  papers  of  the  church,  before  the  late  war, 
a  warrant  for  laying  out  certain  lots  in  the  town,  and 
the  certificate  of  admeasurement  of  the  Surveyor- 
General,  dated  as  early  as  the  Qth  December  of  that 
year,  for  a  grant,  "  in  order  to  the  building  of  a 
church  in  behalf  of  the  French  Protestants  of  this 
Province."  The  will  of  Caesar  Moze,  dated  the  2Oth 
June,  1687,  on  record  in  the  Secretary  of  State's  office, 
confirms  this  statement  of  the  early  organization  of 
this  church.  By  it,  he  bequeathed  to  the  church  of 
the  "  Protestant  French  Refugees,  in  Charlestown," 
thirty-seven  pounds,  to  assist  in  building  a  house  of 
worship  in  the  neighborhood  of  his  plantation,  on  the 
eastern  branch  of  Cooper  River.  Thus,  it  is  certain 
that  there  was  a  French  Protestant  church  in  Charles- 
town  about  six  years  after  the  town  was  established 
here — and  it  was  this  church. 

*Unpublished  manuscript  of  the  late  Mr.  Daniel  Ravenel. 


128  Charleston  Illustrated. 

And,  further,  as  to  its  antiquity,  Chalmers  enume- 
rates certain  laws  enacted  at  a  Parliament*  held  by 
Governor  West,  in  1682,  one  being  "  to  promote  the 
morality  of  a  people  who  did  not  enjoy  the  instruction 
of  a  public  ministry."!  In  December,  1686,  a  warrant 
had  issued  for  laying  out  lots  for  a  church  for  the 
French  Protestants,  and  in  June,  1687,  the  church  of 
the  "  Protestant  French  Refugees  in  Charlestown " 
was  the  trustee  of  Caesar  Moze,  for  a  certain  pious 
purpose.  It  would  appear  from  this  measure  that 
there  was  no  organized  public  worship  in  the  Province 
in  1682.  This  church  was,  therefore,  among  the  first, 
if  not  the  first,  established  in  Charlestown.  Within 
four  or  five  years  after  the  Provincial  Parliament 
legislated  to  promote  the  morals  of  the  people,  being 
without  a  public  ministry,  this  church  was  founded. 
Whether  any  other  church  was  organized  with  a 
public  ministry  or  worship  in  the  interval  between 
1682  and  1687  history  does  not  inform  us. 

They  who  are  familiar  with  the  religious  character 
and  habits  of  the  Huguenots,  will  not  be  surprised  by 
the  promptness  with  which  they  organized  and  estab- 


*  Political  Annals,  Carroll's  Collections,  second  volume,  page  316. 

f  On  the  z6th  May,  1681,  an  Act  "  for  the  observation  of  the  Lord's 
day,"  and  another  "  for  the  suppression  of  idle,  drunken,  and  swearing 
persons  inhabiting  within  this  province,"  was  adopted  by  the  Parliament. 
These  Acts  have  been  lost ;  the  titles  alone  remain  on  the  statute  book. 
Whether  Chalmers  refers  here  to  one  or  both,  cannot  now  be  known.  But 
Carroll  tells  us  that  he  was,  for  several  years,  secretary  to  the  Proprietors, 
and  it  is  to  be  supposed  that  he  was  familiar  with  the  statements  and  pro- 
visions of  these  laws. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  129 

lished  their  church  in  Charlestown.*  They  were 
unlike  other  immigrants  to  the  Province.  Fugitives 
from  religious  persecution,  "  they  brought  with  them 
their  holy  men."f  The  invisible  spiritual  church  was 
with  them  in  their  flight  when  they  landed,  wherever 
they  made  their  home,  whether  in  the  town  or  in  the 
wilderness,  and  when  their  journeyings  were  ended, 
they  gave  to  it  a  visible  habitation. 

The  early  records  of  the  church  were  lost  in  the 
fire  which  destroyed  a  large  portion  of  Charleston,  in 
1740,  and  it  is  not  known  when  the  French  Protest- 
ants built  their  first  church,  or  where  it  was  located. 
Tradition,  however,  has  always  associated  it  with  the 
spot  on  which  their  descendants  are  worshipping  to- 
day, and  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  it  was  located 
here,  not  later  than  1692,  and  probably  two  or  three 
years  earlier. 

The  site  of  the  church,  at  the  south-east  corner  of 
Church  and  Queen  streets,  was  not  the  endowment 
of  the  Lords  Proprietors,  as  is  generally  supposed. 
They  endowed  the  church  with  the  lots  described  in 
the  warrant  and  certificate  of  admeasurement,  already 
mentioned,  lying  in  King  street,  between  Broad  and 
Tradd  streets.  This  property  was  held  as  a  glebe 
until  1871,  when  excessive  taxation  compelled  the 
church  to  sell  it.  It  was  sold,  except  one  house,  for 


*  The  Churches  at  their  settlements  on  the  Santee  River,  at  Orange 
Quarter,  and  on  St.  John's  Berkley,  were  organized  with  the  same 
promptness. 

f  Simms. 


130  Charleston  Illustrated. 

which  there  was  no  purchaser,  at  an  adequate  price. 
Apart  from  the  sacrifices  of  this  enforced  sale,  the 
alienation  of  this  benefaction  and  ancient  glebe  was  a 
painful  necessity  in  the  history  of  the  church.  The 
parsonage  in  Church  street,  adjoining  the  church,  was 
also  sold. 

The  three  other  churches  founded  by  the  Refugees 
to  the  Province  of  Carolina,  were  located  at  their 
settlements  in  the  country,  and  have  long  since  been 
extinct.  This  church  alone  remains  and  maintains 
its  distinctive  character  and  worship.  Indeed  it  is 
believed  that  this  is  the  only  church  founded  in  the 
United  States  by  the  French  Refugees  which  exists, 
to  bear  witness  to  their  piety,  constancy,  and  courage, 
to  their  religious  heroism. 

This  church  has  been  preserved  despite  its  isola- 
tion, and  notwithstanding  the  calamities  it  has  suffered 
during  one  century  and  three-fourths  of  another. 
The  generations  which  have  come  successively  into 
life,  in  the  course  of  these  long  years,  have  watched 
over  it  with  filial  love  and  veneration,  and  it  has  been 
their  desire  to  maintain  it  as  it  was  established,  in  the 
faith  of  their  forefathers,  with  their  form  of  worship 
and  in  their  tongue.  The  effort  to  execute  these 
purposes  had  been  persistent,  but  unsuccessful,  and 
some  fifty  years  ago  it  was  thought  expedient  to 
relax  it  so  far  as  'related  to  the  language  in  which  the 
services  were  conducted ;  and  the  liturgy  was  trans- 
lated into  English. 

There  is  a  tradition  that  the  church  erected  by  the 
refugees  was  burnt  in  the  fire  of  1740,  when  the 


Charleston  Illustrated.  131 

records  were  lost.  The  account  of  this  fire  in  the 
South  Carolina  Gasctte,  two  days  after  it  occurred, 
makes  no  mention  of  this,  and  there  is,  probably,  no 
foundation  for  it.  But  the  church  which  was  standing 
in  1796  was  destroyed  in  the  disastrous  fire  of  the 
1 3th  of  June  of  that  year.  It  was  rebuilt.  Unhappily 
the  death  of  the  pastor,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bouedillion, 
followed  quickly  on  this  misfortune,  and  the  congre- 
gation became  scattered. 

After  several  ineffectual  efforts  to  revive  the  church, 
it  was  reopened  in  June,  1843,  f°r  the  summer,  under 
the  ministry  of  the  Reverend  and  Venerable  Daniel 
DuPre ;  the  English  translation  of  the  Liturgy  being 
used ;  and,  in  the  autumn,  in  accordance  with  a 
purpose  always  entertained,  it  was  resolved  to  continue 
the  services  regularly  and  permanently.  But  the 
church  was  small  and  inconveniently  arranged,  and 
it  was  necessary  to  rebuild  it.  This  was  done,  and 
the  Rev.  Charles  Wallace  Howard  was  called  to  the 
pastorate.  On  the  nth  May,  1845,  the  new  edifice 
was  dedicated.  And  here  have  worshipped,  since 
that  time,  many  descendants  of  the  Huguenot  fathers. 
The  Rev.  Charles  S.  Vedder  is  now  the  pastor. 

The  tenets  of  the  Church  are  set  forth  in  the 
Articles  entitled  "  Confession  of  Faith  made  by  com- 
mon consent  of  the  Reformed  Churches  of  the  King- 
dom of  France,"  in  1539.  Its  worship  is  Liturgical. 
The  Liturgy  is  described,  on  its  title  page,  as  "  Trans- 
lated from  the  Liturgy  of  the  Churches  of  Neufchatel 
and  Vallangin ;  Editions  of  1737  and  1772;  with 
some  occasional  prayers,  carefully  selected." 


132  Charleston  Illustrated. 

The  present  church  was  designed  and  its  erection 
superintended  by  Edward  B.  White,  Esq.  The  archi- 
tecture is  Gothic,  simple  and  chaste  in  character. 
The  position  of  the  organ  in  a  gallery  at  the  east  end, 
and  the  arrangement  of  the  church,  below  and  to 
the  front  of  it,  with  the  Decalogue,  the  Lord's  Prayer 
and  the  Creed  on  tablets  against  the  wall  on  either 
side,  is  peculiarly  tasteful  and  happy,  and  will  arrest 
the  attention  of  the  stranger  as  he  enters.  The  gal- 
lery at  the  west  end  has  always  been  appropriated  to 
the  use  of  colored  worshippers.  The  walls  are  em- 
bellished with  monuments,  of  considerable  elegance, 
to  the  memory  of  the  founders  of  some  of  the  Hu- 
guenot families  of  South  Carolina.  That  dedicated 
to  the  Rev.  Elias  Prioleau,  is  peculiarly  interesting 
and  deserves  notice.  He  was  minister  of  the  Church 
at  Pons,  in  France,  until  it  was  demolished  in  April, 
1686,  when  he  came  to  Carolina.  It  is  believed  that 
Mr.  Prioleau,  and  the  Rev.  Florent  Philipe  Truillard, 
were  associated  in  the  ministry  of  this  church,  and 
were  its  first  Pastors.  The  walls  of  the  church  were 
greatly  damaged  in  the  bombardment  of  the  eity  in 
the  late  war,  but  fortunately  (miraculously)  neither  the 
monuments  nor  the  organ  were  injured.  The  chan- 
deliers were  taken  from  the  church,  after  the  evacua- 
tion of  the  city,  by  persons  unknown. 

The  communion  plate  and  many  valuable  records 
of  the  church  were  sent  to  Cheraw  for  safety,  and 
were  lost  when  Sherman's  army  passed  through  that 
place. 

The  cemetery  around  the  church  is  not  extensive, 


Charleston  Illustrated.  133 

and  the  tombs  and  grave  stones  are  few,  when  its 
antiquity  is  considered.  Many,  probably,  were  de- 
stroyed when  the  church  was  burnt ;  others  were 
mutilated  by  shells  in  the  late  war.  Many  of  those 
that  remain  bear  upon  them  names  of  families  familiar 
in  the  history  and  in  the  social  life  of  this  State. 
Perhaps,  very  probably,  Judith  Manigault  rests  from 
her  sorrows  and  troubles  here.  She  who,  after  suffer- 
ings and  privations  unparalleled,  in  her  flight  from 
France  and  in  her  new  home,  recorded  thus  her  pious 
submission  to  the  Divine  will.  "  God  accomplished 
great  things  in  our  favor  by  giving  us  the  strength 
necessary  to  support  these  trials." 

Among  the  most  important  charitable  institutions 
of  Charleston  is 

THE    CONFEDERATE    HOME. 

This  noble  charity,  justly  the  pride  of  the  city  and 
State,  gives  shelter  to  the  mothers,  widows,  daugh- 
ters, and  other  female  relatives  and  dependents  of 
Confederate  soldiers,  who  had  been  left  homeless  by 
the  death  or  ruin  of  those  who  fought  for  the  "  lost 
cause." 

Soon  after  the  close  of  the  war,  a  lady  of  this  city 
was  impressed  with  the  importance  of  establishing 
such  an  institution.  While  ruminating  the  impor- 
tance of  the  subject,  she  chanced  to  be  in  Bahimore, 
and  visited  the  Home  there.  In  conversation  with  a 
widowed  inmate,  she  mentioned  her  desire  for  such 
a  Home  in  Charleston;  the  poor  widow  immediately 


Charleston  Illustrated.  135 

handed  one  dollar  to  the  visitor,  who  declined  the 
gift.  "  What,"  said  the  widow,  "  do  you  reject  my 
gift  because  it  is  so  small?"  "Oh,  no,"  was  the 
reply,  and  this  one  dollar  given  by  a  pensioner  on 
public  charity,  was  the  beginning  of  the  Charleston 
Home.  The  lady  returned  to  Charleston,  and  after  a 
conference  with  friends,  determined  to  make  a  begin- 
ning. It  was  decided  to  take  a  house,  the  rent  of 
which  was  one  thousand  eight  hundred  dollars.  The 
proprietor  reasonably  demanded  security  for  the  rent; 
the  lady  in  question  immediately  mortgaged  her 
house  and  lot  as  security ;  noble  gentlemen  stepped 
forward  and  paid  the  rent  as  it  fell  due.  Such  was 
the  beginning  of  the  Charleston  Home.  Now  it  sus- 
tains forty  widowed  inmates  and  sixty  pupils.  It  is 
not  a  charity,  but  the  fulfilment  of  an  obligation.  The 
names  of  some  of  the  most  distinguished  families  of 
South  Carolina  are  found  among  the  inmates  of  this 
noble  institution — inmates  from  all  sections  of  the 
State. 

The  Home  has  been  bought,  but  not  paid  for  in 
full  ;  the  last  instalment  falls  due  in  April,  1876,  and 
it  is  hoped  that  the  friends  of  the  Home  will  aid  in 
securing  the  requisite  amount.  An  association  of 
ladies  carry  on  the  Home,  and  the  management  of  the 
institution  is  in  the  hands  of  thirteen  ladies,  elected 
from  this  Ladies'  Association  annually,  and  known  as 
the  "  Board  of  Control."  The  Board,  from  its  own 
number, elects  a  president, vice-president,  correspond- 
ing and  recording  secretaries,  and  a  treasurer  The 
more  material,  or  monetary,  aid  comes  from  the  "  Gen- 


136 


'    '[Charleston  Illustrated. 


Photo,  by  Barnard 


tlemen's  Auxiliary  Association."  This  body,  con- 
sisting of  gentlemen  residing  in  all  parts  of  the  State, 
and  some  few  outside  of  its  limits,  contribute  the 
entire  amount  of  its  income,  ten  dollars  from  each 
member,  to  the  support  of  the  Home ;  and,  through 
the  medium  of  its  executive  committee,  extend  aid 
and  counsel  in  matters  of  management  and  advice, 
when  called  upon  by  the  Board  of  Control. 

The  inmates  of  the  Home,  other  than  those  in  the 
"  school  department,"  have  comfortable  rooms  fur- 
nished them  rent  free,  or  at  nominal  prices,  and  are 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


137 


never  allowed  to  suffer  for  the  necessaries  of  life.  It 
is  to  the  "  school  department,"  however,  that  we  must 
look  for  the  most  enduring  and  substantial  benefits 
of  this  noble  offering  to  the  loved  memories  of  those 
who  wore  the  "  grey."  Sixty  girls  being  educated, 


ZION  CHURCH. 


.  by  Photo.  Eng.  Co.,  A*.  K. 


either  as  beneficiaries,  or  for  very  small  annual  pay- 
ments, not  only  to  be  well  educated  and  refined 
women,  but,  if  necessary,  to  support  themselves  and 
those  dependent  upon  them.  The  Home  is  complete 
from  kitchen  to  sleeping  apartments,  and  only  the 
actual  drudgery  is  performed  by  the  servants,  three  in 


Charleston  Illustrated.  139 

number.  The  house  is  large  and  commodious,  well 
ventilated,  and  supplied  with  water  and  bath  rooms 
on  each  floor,  more  economically  conducted  than, 
perhaps,  any  other  institution  in  the  South  ;  the  girls 
are  taught  habits  of  punctuality,  economy,  and  neat- 
ness; they  learn  the  routine  of  house-keeping,  and 
acquire  the  ease  and  graceful  deportment  of  refined 
women.  The  touching  story  of  the  origin  of  this 
Home  found  its  way  into  the  newspapers.  The  eye 
of  a  wealthy  American  gentleman,  Mr.  Corcoran,  of 
Washington,  then  in  France,  fell  upon  the  statement, 
and  his  check  for  one  thousand  dollars,  was  imme- 
diately forwarded  as  a  contribution  to  its  support. 

This  noble  Christian  gentleman  recently  visited 
the  Home,  and  was  so  much  pleased  after  his  inspec- 
tion of  its  workings  and  management,  that  he  contri- 
buted the  handsome  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars  to 
its  permanent  fund.  Those  wishing  to  aid  the  Con- 
federate Home,  "  can  do  so  by  contributions,  small 
or  large ;  by  joining  the  Gentlemen's  Auxiliary 
Association,"  and  paying  ten  dollars  annually,  or 
two  hundred  dollars  to  become  life  members  ;  or  they 
may  purchase  scholarships  for  five  hundred  dollars, 
and  nominate  beneficiaries,  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Board  of  Control. 

Mrs.  M.  A.  Snowden,  President  Board  of  Control, 
or  Mr.  Henry  A.  Gourdin,  "  Gentlemen's  Auxiliary 
Association,  will  be  glad  to  give  any  information  not 
contained  in  the  above  sketch,  and  will  gratefully 
receive  all  contributions  or  subscriptions. 

We   have   endeavored  to  point  out  the  prominent 


Charleston  Illustrated.  141 

features  of  interest  in  and  around  Charleston,  not 
only  for  the  benefit  of  strangers,  but  also  for  the  citi- 
zens themselves,  a  large  number  of  whom  are  quite 
unaware  of  the  resources  of  their  own  home.  Since 
the  war  especially,  when  the  struggle  for  existence 
has  been  all  engrossing,  many  valuable  public  insti- 
tutions have  been  neglected,  not  intentionally,  but 
because  they  have  been  overlooked;  and  many  sources 
of  amusement  and  interest  lost  sight  of,  which  would 
help  our  people  to  bear  their  labors  more  cheerfully, 
to  entertain  their  friends  from  abroad  more  easily  and 
pleasantly,  and  to  avoid  the  necessity,  when  a  little 
relaxation  from  business  cares  is  needed,  of  taking  an 
expensive  and  troublesome  journey  to  obtain  it. 

Necessarily,  in  such  a  brief  sketch,  much  has  been 
omitted,  both  in  the  history  and  the  description  of 
Charleston,  which  would  be  interesting  and  instruct- 
ive; but  our  chief  object  will  have  been  accomplished, 
if  we  shall  have  succeeded  in  merely  indicating  the 
sources  from  which  information  and  amusement  may 
be  obtained. 


OUR  BUSINESS  HOUSES. 


Charleston  has  many  business  houses  in  various 
lines  of  trade,  and  we  have  selected  a  few  of  the  prin- 
cipal ones  for  special  notice.  Commencing  at  the 
Post  Office  from  which  radiate  East  Bay  and  Broad 
streets,  including  between  them  the  business  section 
of  the  city,  the  first  we  notice  in  position,  as  well  as 
in  importance  and  amount  of  capital,  is  the  banking 
house  of 

GEO.    W.    WILLIAMS    &    CO. 

The  house  of  Geo.  W.  Williams  &  Co.  was  estab- 
lished in  Augusta,  Ga.,  May  1st,  1842,  under  the  firm 
name  of  Hand  &  Williams.  The  business,  although 
small  at  the  beginning,  was  by  energy,  push,  and  tact, 
made  the  largest  in  the  South. 

The  firm  confined  itself  steadily  to  a  wholesale 
grocery  business.  The  capital  had  increased  to  such 
an  extent  in  ten  years,  the  firm  found  it  expedient  to 
enlarge  their  field  of  operations.  Mr.  Williams  being 
favorably  impressed  with  Charleston,  he  visited  that 
city  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  wholesale  gro- 
cery business,  upon  strictly  temperance  principles  ; 
this  he  did  in  1852.  The  sales  at  Augusta  and  in 
Charleston  rose  from  one  hundred  thousand  dollars, 


Charles  ton  Illustrated.  145 

to  one  million  five  hundred  thousand  dollars  per 
annum,  and  the  profits  from  ten  thousand  per  annum, 
to  more  than  one  hundred  thousand.  The  war  put  a 
stop  to  all  trade,  and  the  business  was  discontinued 
in  1862,  but  so  judiciously  was  the  capital  invested, 
as  to  leave  more  than  a  million  of  dollars  with  which 
to  begin  business  at  the  termination  of  the  war. 

Mr.  Williams  proceeded  to  Washington  City,  in 
the  summer  of  1865,  via  Hilton  Head,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  procuring  a  charter  for  a  National  Bank.  In 
the  mean  time  he  resumed  his  mercantile  operations, 
bringing  into  his  firm  the  following  copartners :  Geo. 
W.  Williams,  Edward  C.  Williams,  James  H.  Taylor, 
William  Birnie,  Edwin  Platt.  Thus  organized,  the 
grocery  business  was  re-established ;  and,  in  addition, 
a  cotton  factorage  house  in  Charleston  and  one  in 
New  York.  The  firm  commenced  at  once  the  erec- 
tion of  large  brick  warehouses  in  the  "  burnt  district," 
for  the'  storage  of  cotton  and  fertilizers. 

The  senior's  mercantile  duties  were  such  as  to 
prevent  his  taking  charge  of  a  bank,  but  he  united 
with  A.  Simonds,  E.  W.  Marshall,  W.  L.  Trenholm 
and  others,  in  establishing  the  "  First  National  Bank, 
of  Charleston,"  an  institution  which  has  paid  to  its 
stockholders  more  than  twelve  per  cent,  per  annum 
since  its  organization. 

In  May,  1874,  the  firm  celebrated  its  32d  anniver- 
sary. We  extract  from  the  Charleston  News  and 
Courier  an  interesting  account  of  that  celebration  : 

"  Seldom  has  Charleston  known  a  more  pleasant 
and  interesting  gathering  around  the  festive  board  than 
7 


Charleston  Illustrated.  147 

that  which  met  on  Saturday  afternoon,  to  celebrate  at 
once  the  32d  anniversary  of  the  great  mercantile  and 
banking  house  of  George  W.  Williams  &  Co.,  and  the 
inauguration  of  '  The  Carolina  Savings  '  Bank/  an 
addition  to  our  banking  facilities,  which  is  the  off- 
spring of  the  energy  of  the  distinguished  head  of  the 
firm,  and  for  which  it  is  safe  to  predict  a  career  as 
wonderfully  prosperous  as  that  of  every  other  business 
enterprise  launched  under  his  auspices. 

"  The  name  of  Geo.  W.  Williams  &  Co.,  long  be- 
fore the  war,  had  become  as  familiar  as  household 
words  to  the  commercial  community  of  Charleston. 
The  history  of  the  house  is  a  record  of  spotless  pro- 
bity, indomitable  energy,  remarkable  tact  and  success, 
that  has  been  as  unvarying  as  it  has  been  brilliant. 
Even  more  remarkable  has  been  the  individual  career 
of  Mr.  Williams.  He  is  emphatically  a  self-made 
man.  During  the  third  of  a  century  that  he  has 
guided  the  fortunes  of  the  firm,  he  has  had  no  less 
than  twenty-five  partners,  many  of  whom  have  retired 
with  fortunes,  while  all  have  acquired  a  competency. 
The  house,  to-day,  occupies  a  proud  position  among 
the  great  business  firms  of  South  Carolina. 

"  It  is  composed  of  six  copartners,  George  W. 
Williams,  William  Birnie,  J.  R.  Robertson,  James 
Bridge,  Jr.,  Frank  E.  Taylor,  and  R.  S.  Cathcart.  It  is 
worthy  of  note,  that  all  of  Mr.  Williams'  partners 
began  as  clerks  in  his  house.  The  main  establishment 
is  on  Hayne  street,  but  the  immense  business  of  the 
firm  requires  the  use  of  over  a  dozen  large  warehouses, 
many  of  which  have  been  built  since  the  war  in  dif 


148  Charleston  Illustrated. 

ferent  sections  of  the  city.  Such  a  business,  of  course, 
gives  employment  to  a  large  clerical  force,  besides 
twenty  drays,  and  about  one  hundred  colored  laborers. 

"  The  Carolina  Savings  Bank,  the  inauguration  of 
which  was  celebrated  May  2,  was  chartered  at  the 
last  session  of  the  General  Assembly,  and  begins 
business,  with  the  following  officers  :  Geo.  W.  Wil- 
liams, President ;  Joseph  R.  Robertson,  Vice-Presi- 
dent; William  E.  Breese,  Cashier.  Directors:  Geo. 
W.  Williams,  Joseph  R.  Robertson,  Edward  C.  Wil- 
liams, James  Bridge,  Jr.,  Frank  E.  Taylor,  Robert  S. 
Cathcart,  Edward  J.  Gage." 

On  the  first  of  May  last,  the  Carolina  Savings  Bank 
was  removed  to  the  fine  banking  building  of  Geo.  W. 
Williams  &  Co.,  located  at  No.  I  Broad  street,  oppo- 
site the  old  Post  Office. 

The  stock  of  the  Carolina  Savings  Bank  is  all 
owned  by  Geo.  W.  Williams  &  Co.,  and  they  guar- 
antee all  deposits  made  in  the  Bank. 

The  Charleston  Crockery  Importing  Company,  es- 
tablished and  owned  by  Messrs.  Geo.  W.  Williams  & 
Co.,  and  managed  by  W.  G.  Whilden,  Esq.,  has  been 
very  successful. 

Another  important  establishment  is  that  of  Messrs. 

WALKER,  EVANS  &  COGSWELL, 

situated  at  3  Broad  street,  and  109  East  Bay.  The 
building  now  occupied  for  the  business  was  origi- 
nally two  stores,  one  on  Broad  street  and  one  on  East 
Bay,  but  a  short  time  before  the  war  the  two  were 


Charleston  Illustrated.  149 

extended  so  as  to  form  one  large  building,  now  front- 
ing on  Broad  street,  and  running  through,  in  an  L 
shape,  to  East  Bay.  Entering  on  the  Broad  street 
front,  we  see  immediately  before  us  the  sales  room 
for  Stationery  and  Blank  Books.  Here  is  a  complete 
stock  of  everything  needed  in  this  line,  of  the  choicest 
and  most  useful  kinds.  The  blank  books  are  all 
made  in  the  establishment,  and  in  this  the  firm  are 
entirely  independent  of  the  North.  This  is  the  only 
concern  in  the  South  which,  as  far  as  we  know, 
manufacture  all  the  blank  books  which  are  sold  upon 
their  shelves.  Turning  down  the  East  Bay  arm  of 
the  store  we  see  first  the  Folded  Paper  Department 
with  its  shelves  well  filled  with  the  famous  brands, 
R.  E.  Lee,  Live  Oak,  Magnolia,  Laurel ;  these  are 
the  trade  names  of  the  papers  which  are  put  up  by 
this  house. 

We  also  see  a  goodly  array  of  Herrings  Fire  Proof 
Safes,  Walker,  Evans  &  Cogswell  being  the  agents 
for  this  manufacture. 

Further  down,  we  see  thousands  of  shipping  tags, 
which  suggest  the  source  from  which  come  the  num- 
bers which  meet  our  eyes  at  every  railroad  depot 
in  the  South,  attached  to  the  bags  of  Charleston 
fertilizers. 

On  the  north  side  of  this  store  is  kept  the  reserve 
stock  of  blank  books,  which  cannot  find  place  on  the 
west  side  of  the  Broad  street  front. 

And  here  we  see  a  capacious  law  blank  case  being 
put  into  position.  On  inquiry,  we  find  that  it  is  to 
hold  the  law  blanks  for  Ahibama,  the  trade  in  which 


CJuiHcston  I  Unstinted.  151 

the  firm  is  largely  engaged.  They  propose  to  keep  a. 
full  stock  of  law  forms  for  this  State,  in  addition  to 
their  siock  of  South  Carolina  blanks.  We  know  of 
none  who  are  better  able  to  do  this  business  prompt- 
ly, cheaply,  and  well.  Their  large  resources  give 
them  a  great  advantage  over  all  their  competitors. 

On  the  East  Bay  store,  in  the  second  story,  is  the 
stock  room  for  the  stock  used  in  the  various  pro- 
cesses of  printing  and  binding,  piles  of  paper  reach- 
ing to  the  ceiling  meet  our  eyes  all  around,  and  it 
looks  as  if  they  had  stock  enough,  and  in  great 
enough  variety,  to  fill  the  largest  orders,  or  please  the 
most  fastidious  taste.  In  the  extension  of  the  build- 
ing to  the  south,  is  located  the  steam  engine  which 
drives  the  machinery.  It  is  a  beautiful  piece  of 
mechanism,  and  as  it  turns  upon  its  noiseless  and 
unceasing  labor,  it  seems  indeed  a  thing  of  life.  It 
was  built  by  Messrs.  James  M.  Eason  &  Brother,  and 
reflects  credit  upon  them.  Near  by  is  one  of  Sheri- 
dan's Power  Paper  Cutters.  All  jobs  which  require 
cutting  before  being  passed  to  the  workshops  are 
here  manipulated,  and  here  also  the  finishing  cuts  are 
given. 

In  the  second  story,  on  Broad  street  front,  is  the 
ruling  room — plenty  of  the  best  machinery  and 
highly  skilled  labor,  enables  the  ruling  to  be  done 
with  great  promptness  and  care. 

Back  of  the  ruling  room  are  the  paging  machines 
and  monogram  press,  worked  by  girls — huge  blank 
books  were  being  paged,  in  which  to  keep  the  records 
of  the  merchant's  earnings,  some  of  which  were  to  be 


Pluto,  fry  Karnard. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  153 

spent  on  monograming  the  fine  papers  for  his  wife 
and  daughters. 

Passing  to  the  third  story,  we  are  in  the  printing 
office  on  the  Broad  street  front,  the  large  job  com- 
posing room,  alive  with  typos,  whose  quick  hands 
are  gathering  the  mechanical  elements  of  learning, 
type,  and  putting  them  in  intelligible  shape.  To  the 
rear  of  this  room  is  the  book  composing  room,  where 
the  quiet  is  only  broken  by  the  click  of  the  type  as  it 
drops  into  the  composing  stick. 

The  entire  East  Bay  store,  on  this  floor,  is  the  press 
room.  Driven  by  a  long  line  of  shafting,  we  see 
the  most  improved  printing  machinery  of  the  age. 
Presses  in  every  variety,  and  all  of  the  most  improved 
patterns,  are  used.  We  see  in  the  various  states  of 
perfection  all  kinds  of  jobs,  in  black  ink  and  in 
colored  inks  ;  law  blanks,  letter  heads,  bill  heads, 
cards,  almanacs,  and  fine  books.  We  also  are  at- 
tracted by  the  novel  sight  of  girls  feeding  the  presses. 
They  are  all  neat,  active,  and  efficient,  and  we  only 
regret  that  other  firms  have  not  followed  the  example 
of  this,  and  opened  for  women  employment  other  than 
the  needle. 

On  the  fourth  story  on  the  Broad  street  front  and 
running  back  to  the  extreme  South  extension  of  the 
building,  is  the  girl's  room.  Sewing  books,  stitching 
pamphlets,  sewing  huge  bank  books,  and  books  for 
the  store,  were  the  fair  daughters  of  Eve,  neat,  happy, 
and  glad  to  work. 

In  the  fifth  story  is  another  room  for  keeping  the 
leathers,  twines,  and  other  book-binder's  stock. 


154  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Stepping  out  to  the  fourth  floor,  we  are  again 
among  the  sterner  sex,  and  in  the  bindery,  which 
occupies  the  East  Bay  end  of  the  building  ;  men  and 
boys  all  hard  at  work  on  tall  piles  of  blank  books  of 
every  description ;  one  on  a  bank  book  for  Charles- 
ton, another  on  a  county  book  for  Lee  County, 
Ala.  We  see  cutting  machines,  presses,  and  tools  of 
the  most  approved  make  for  doing  the  best  work  in 
the  world. 

And  all  this  has  been  built  up  in  the  past  few  years. 
Sherman  destroyed  every  vestige  of  the  ante  bellum 
machinery,  and  all  is  new. 

ROBS©tt's    RANGE. 

This  engraving  represents  the  commodious  stores  of 
J.  N.  Robson,  Commission  Merchant,  No.  68  East  Bay 
street,  erected  by  him  soon  after  the  .fire  of  1870. 
This  finely  finished  building  forms  a  part  of  the  old 
range  in  which  he  began  business  in  1839.  These 
compact  stores  open  on  three  streets,  and  afford  one 
of  the  safest  and  most  commodious  warehouses  in  the 
city.  The  proprietor  conducts  a  strict  commission 
business,  and  his  fine  range  affords  ample  evidence  of 
industry  and  prompt  attention.  The  most  important 
branch  in  the  trade  of  this  house  is  in  fertilizers  and 
South  Carolina  phosphates.  Mr.  Robson  does  an 
established  business  in  this  line,  being  among  the 
first  of  our  merchants  who  introduced  the  fertilizers, 
about  twenty  years  ago.  The  house  does  an  exten- 
sive trade,  and  has  maintained  so  high  a  standard 


Cliarleston  Illustrated. 


155 


that  it  has  given  confidence  to  the  agricultural  com- 
munity in  the  use  of  these  soil  renovators.  The 
Pacific  Guano  Company,  with  its  extensive  works, 
is  connected  with  this  house,  and  its  affairs  have  been 
managed  with  encouraging  satisfaction,  having  in- 
creased in  demand  from  fifty  tons,  in  1866,  to  thou- 
sands of  tons  in  1874.  The  popular  and  reliable 


156  Charleston  Illustrated. 

DuPont's  Gun-Powder  Company,  is  also  successfully 
managed  by  this  house.  Ludlow's  Bagging  Com- 
pany, of  Boston,  Werk  &  Go's  Candle  Factory,  of 
Cincinnati,  the  best  flour  mills  of  Virginia,  Georgia, 
Tennessee,  Kentucky  and  Missouri,  have  established 
agencies  with  this  enterprising  house.  Mr.  Robson 
was  a  pioneer  in  introducing  Western  trade  into 
Charleston.  He  canvassed  the  West  in  1851.  At 
that  time  the  city  received  few  shipments,  but  in  six 
years  the  trade  increased  to  over  one  hundred  thou- 
sand barrels  of  flour  and  a  million  bushels  of  grain. 
His  influence,  as  a  merchant,  was  felt  in  turning  this 
affluent  tide  of  trade  into  the  city.  He  looks  forward 
with  hope,  that  if  the  resources  of  a  few  States  now 
supply  sources  of  wealth  to  the  city,  that  when  the 
barriers  which  now  obstruct  a  free  flow  from  the 
Western  slopes  shall  be  swept  away,  and  the  great 
railroad  thoroughfares  pour  their  rich  tides  through 
this  open  gate  by  the  sea,  the  city  will  become  one  of 
the  great  centres  of  commerce.  Mr.  Robson  is  chair- 
man of  two  inportant  committees  in  this  branch  of 
trade,  one  in  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  on  direct 
trade,  and  the  other  on  deepening  the  bar.  He  enter- 
tains the  hope  of  seeing  the  vessels  of  all  nations  enter 
our  beautiful  and  spacious  harbor,  affording  ample 
tonnage  to  transport  the  rich  grain  of  the  West  to 
the  crowded  markets  of  Europe.  He  views  Charles- 
ton as  an  important  sea-link,  the  shortest  and  most 
direct  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  in  connecting  the  fertile 
valleys  of  the  West  with  the  teeming  cities  of  the 
old  world. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  157 

Still  further  up  East  Bay,  on  the  east  side,  com- 
mencing on  Brown's  wharf,  on  the  south,  and  Vendue 
Range  on  the  north,  are  the  offices  of 

THE  CLYDE  STEAMSHIP  LINES. 

The  first  arrival  of  a  steamship  at  Charleston,  for 
coastwise  trade,  to  carry  two  thousand  five  hundred 
bales  of  cotton,  occurred  in  January,  1870,  being  the 
steamship  South  Carolina,  to  run  on  the  New  York 
and  Charleston  Clyde  Line.  Many  thought  it  was  a 
"great  expectation"  scheme,  and  that  this  port  could 
not  be  counted  on  to  furnish  full  cargoes  ;  but  now, 
that  years  have  passed  since  that  first  voyage,  and 
the  Georgia,  with  a  capacity  of  two  thousand  eight 
hundred  bales  of  cotton,  has  been  added  to  the  line, 
with  a  regular  departure  from  each  port  once  a 
week,  it  is  apparent  that  the  mammoth  steamship 
was  what  Charleston  wanted,  combined  with  a  draft 
of  water  which  permitted  entrance  and  exit  even  at 
mean  low  tide.  It  was  thus  demonstrated  that, 
instead  of  indulging  in  vague  aspirations  for  deep 
water  at  some  obscure  point  on  the  coast,  where 
cotton  fields  and  wide  stretches  of  marsh  spread  out 
to  view,  an  established  port,  with  population,  banks, 
warehouses,  merchants  in  correspondence  with  all 
parts  of  the  world,  and  capacious  docks,  cotton,  presses, 
piers,  and  a  well  sheltered  harbor,  possessed  advantages 
which  controlled  business  to  such  an  extent  that  in 
spite  of  the  wasteful  experiments,  intended  to  cut  off 
trade  from  Charleston,  the  statistics  of  the  port  show 


Charleston  Illustrated.  1 59 

those  annual  gains  which  point  unmistakably  to  the 
supremacy  in  the  near  future  which,  up  to  1860, 
Charleston  always  held. 

Since  the  advent  of  the  New  York  Clyde  Line,  the 
Philadelphia  and  Charleston  steamships  have  passed 
into  the  same  management,  and  improved  vessels 
substituted  for  the  smaller  and  less  attractive  ones  of 
the  former  line,  and  under  these  advantages,  the  busi- 
ness has  developed  and  promises  a  fair  success. 

The  New  York  Line  comprises  the  Georgia,  Cap- 
tain Crowell,  and  the  South  Carolina,  Captain  Nick- 
erson,  with  a  cotton  capacity  of  eleven  thousand  bales 
per  month,  but  these  steamships  are  so  thoroughly 
adapted  to  the  general  business  of  the  port  that  the 
agents  are  able  to  give  accommodation  to  general 
shipments,  and  an  immense  freight  tonnage,  which 
has  heretofore  gone  by  sail,  is  now  given  regular 
dispatch  by  the  Iron  Line.  Since  the  establish- 
ment of  these  steamships,  over  four  hundred  thou- 
sand bales  of  cotton,  thirty  thousand  casks  rice,  one 
hundred  and  twenty-five  thousand  barrels  rosin, 
twenty-five  thousand  bales  manufactured  goods,  two 
hundred  and  fifty  thousand  packages  farm  truck, 
and  great  quantities  of  miscellaneous  freights  figure 
in  their  exports.  The  line  is  popular  with  the 
travelling  public  as  well  as  with  shippers,  the  saloons 
and  state  rooms  being  all  on  deck,  securing  a  very 
thorough  ventilation,  and  the  tables  are  luxuriously 
supplied. 


i6o 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


HOLMES,  CALDER  &  CO. 

On  the  west  side  of  East  Bay,  one  door  above 
Cumberland  street,  is  the  paint  and  oil  store  of  Messrs. 
Holmes,  Calder  &  Co.,  one  of  the  most  enterprising 
and  successful  firms  in  Charleston.  They  commenced 
business  after  the  close  of  the  war,  young  men  with 
small  means,  and  by  industry,  enterprise,  and  close 
attention,  they  have  built  up  an  extensive  trade,  per- 
meating North  and  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida, 
and  Alabama.  They  have  established  a  branch  house 
in  Atlanta,  for  conducting  their  business  in  that  sec- 
tion more  conveniently,  and  there,  as  in  Charleston, 
have  met  with  decided  success.  They  manufacture 
their  own  white  lead,  zincs,  colors,  and  putty,  at  their 
tactory  on  Philadelphia  street,  a  view  of  which  is  here 
given.  They  are  importers  of  and  dealers  in  lubrica- 


Charleston  Illustrated.  161 

ting  and  paint  oils,  window  glass,  and  painter's  mate- 
rials ;  and  are,  also,  agents  for  Averill's  chemical 
paint,  Prince's  metallic  paint,  and  India  rubber  and 
India  rubber  belting.  Their  goods  in  every  line  will 
be  found  of  the  best  quality  and  thoroughly  reliable, 
and  their  prices  the  lowest  the  market  will  afford. 

At  the  foot  of  Brown's  wharf  is  the  office  of  Pelzer, 
Rodgers  &  Co.,  the  largest  cotton  factors  in  the  city, 
and  the  agents  of  the  Atlantic  Phosphate  Company, 
and  just  here  it  may  be  as  well  to  say  a  few  words  in 
regard  to 

THE    PHOSPHATE    INTEREST. 

The  history  of  this  new  branch  of  industry  in 
Charleston  can  not  fail  to  be  interesting.  We  have 
already  mentioned  the  proportions  which  it  has  as- 
sumed. These  will  appear  astonishing  when  we  state 
that  ten  years  ago  the  value  of  the  deposits  around 
Charleston  was,  for  all  practical  purposes,  unknown. 
Their  existence  had  been  known  for  many  years  by 
scientific  men,  who  were  searching  among  the  marl 
beds,  which  underlie  these  deposits,  for  the  fossil 
remains  which  are  there  abundant;  these  fossils  are 
found  in  great  quantities  in  the  marl  beds,  and  com- 
prise the  remains  of  numerous  species  of  extinct 
animals,  as  well  as  those  which  still  exist.  Many  of 
them  are  very  beautiful  and  very  wonderful,  bones 
which  must  have  belonged  to  animals  larger  that  we 
have  even  seen,  shark's  teeth  the  size  of  a  man's 
hand,  and  remains  of  creatures  which  we  can  hardly 
conceive  of,  are  to  be  found  in  unlimited  quantities, 


1 62 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


and  have  long  been  the  subjects  of  inquiry  and  inves- 
tigation by  paleontologists.  Practical  farmers  also 
appreciated  the  marl  beds,  in  furnishing  a  cheap  and 
easily  procured  manure  for  their  lands,  but  these 
lumps  of  rock,  as  they  seemed,  were  disregarded  by 


both  scientists  and  farmers,  and  in  fact  by  the  latter 
were  rather  regarded  as  a  nuisance,  where  they  cropped 
out  above  the  surface  and  interfered  with  the  cultiva- 
tion of  the  land.  So  they  remained  until  1867,  and 
some  time  in  that  year  Dr.  St.  Julien  Ravenel  re- 
ceived some  specimens  of  the  rock  from  a  plantation 


Charleston  Illustrated.  163 

on  Goose  Creek,  and  analyzing  it,  he  was  struck  with 
the  large  quantity  of  phosphate  of  lime  which  it 
contained. 

He  presented  one  or  two  of  the  specimens  to  Dr. 
N.  A.  Pratt,  who  was  at  that  time  engaged  in  a 
scheme  for  the  erection  of  some  works  for  the  manu- 
facture of  sulphuric  acid  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
city.  Dr.  Pratt,  upon  careful  analysis,  found  that  his 
specimens  contained  even  a  larger  percentage  of 
phosphate  than  those  analyzed  by  Dr.  Ravenel. 

Perceiving  the  account  to  which  this  discovery 
could  be  turned,  he  communicated  with  Prof.  F.  S. 
Holmes,  whose  accurate  knowledge  of  the  geology 
of  the  country  around  made  him  familiar  with  the 
situation  and  extent  of  the  beds.  The  two  at  once 
proceeded  to  action  ;  they  were  liberally  assisted  by 
one  gentleman  in  the  community,  but  money  was 
scarce  in  Charleston,  and  the  few  capitalists  were 
unwilling  to  risk  it  in  such  an  enterprise.  Accord- 
ingly they  went  to  Philadelphia,  where  they  obtained 
the  requisite  funds,  and  on  their  return  organized  the 
Charleston  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company. 

Meantime  Dr.  Ravenel,  and  some  others,  aware  of 
their  action  in  the  matter,  organized  the  Wando  Fer- 
tilizer Company,  and  without  any  assistance  from 
abroad,  were  making  arrangements  for  the  collection 
and  use  of  the  nodules  on  such  a  scale  as  the  means 
at  their  command  would  allow.  In  consequence  of 
the  efforts,  some  small  lots  were,  in  the  course  of  the 
next  few  months,  shipped  to  the  North  and  Europe, 
but,  naturally,  the  rock  was  imperfectly  prepared  and 


Charleston  Illustrated.  165 

shipped,  and  did  not  at  first  attract  the  attention 
which  it  deserved.  From  this  small  beginning  grew 
the  immense  business  which  we  now  see.  The  sup- 
ply of  phosphates  is  practically  unlimited,  and  Charles- 
ton can,  for  many  years  to  come,  look  upon  this  as 
an  unfailing  source  of  wealth. 

The  works  of  all  the  companies  are  finely  built 
and  kept  in  beautiful  order,  and  the  various  ope- 
rations of  mining,  washing,  crushing,  drying,  and 
shipping  the  crude  rock,  as  well  as  the  manufacture 
of  it  on  the  spot  with  a  commercial  fertilizer,  are  full 
of  interest. 

Through  the  winter  boats  frequently  run  up  to 
these  works  with  excursion  parties,  and  no  one  who 
can  go  ought  to  fail  to  see  this  very  striking  feature 
among  Charleston  industries. 

WANDO  MINING  AND  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY. 

The  first  company  for  the  manufacture  of  phos- 
phate rock  into  a  commercial  fertilizer,  incorporated 
in  this  State,  was  the  Wando  Mining  and  Manufac- 
turing Company,  which  was  organized  by  Mr.  John 
R.  Dukes,  who  was  elected  its  president,  and  who  is 
fairly  entitled  to  the  credit  of  being  the  pioneer  in 
the  phosphate  business.  The  company  was  estab- 
lished in  1867,  and  Mr.  Dukes  remained  in  charge  of 
its  affairs  until  October,  1873,  when  he  resigned  the 
presidency  and  agency  of  the  company,  and  was  suc- 
ceeded in  the  former  by  Geo.  E.  Gibbon,  Esq.,  and  in 
the  latter  by  Messrs.  Witte  Bros.  Mr.  Francis  B. 


CJiarleston  Illustrated.  167 

Hacker,  the  secretary  and  treasurer  of  the  company, 
has  held  that  position  from  the  organization  of  the 
company  to  the  present  time.  Although  many  other 
companies  have  since  been  formed,  not  a  few  of 
which  have  altogether  failed,  the  Wando  has  main- 
tained the  reputation  which  it  acquired  in  its  earlier 
days,  and  the  fertilizers  manufactured  by  it  are  recog- 
nized as  among  the  best  on  the  market.  The  office 
of  the  company  is  on  Atlantic  Wharf,  in  the  rear  of 
the  post  office,  but  the  mines  and  works,  of  which 
a  view  is  here  given,  are  situated  on  the  Ashley  river 
about  seven  miles  from  the  city  limits. 

The  present  officers  are  :  George  E.  Gibbon,  Presi- 
dent;  Francis  B.  Hacker,  Secretary  and  Treasurer; 
Thos.  D.  Dotterer,  Superintendent ;  Witte  Brothers, 
General  Agents.  Directors  :  Geo.  E.  Gibbon,  L.  D. 
Mowry,  B.  C.  Pressiey,  Thomas  P.  Smith,  VVm.  B. 
Dingle,  Charles  Kerrison. 

ETIWAN  COMPANY. 

The  second  company  organized  was  the  Charles- 
ton Sulphuric  Acid  and  Superphosphate  Company, 
better  known  as  the  Etiwan  Company — their  factory 
on  Cooper  River  being  called  the  Etiwan  Works, 
from  the  Indian  name  of  the  river.  Their  fertilizers 
are  also  called  Etiwan,  and,  on  account  of  their  quali- 
ty, have  always  commanded  a  ready  sale,  notwith- 
standing the  fact  that  the  price  has  invariably  been 
kept  up  to  the  top  of  the  market.  It  was  the  first 
company  to  manufacture  its  own  acid,  although  all 


Charles fon  Illustrated.  169 

the  other  companies  now  do  the  same  thing.  The 
company  started  with  a  large  capital,  and  put  up  the 
most  elaborate  and  complete  works,  which,  at  that 
time,  were  without  a  rival.  Hon.  C.  G.  Memminger 
is  the  president,  and  Messrs.  W.  C.  Bee  &  Co.  are 
the  general  agents,  and  these  gentlemen  have  held 
their  respective  positions  from  the  first,  and  their 
management  has  been  completely  successful.  They 
have  never  shunned  any  necessary  expense  to  make 
a  first-class  fertilizer,  but  have  always  acted  on  the 
principle  of  keeping  their  fertilizers  invariably  up  to 
the  high  standard  which  they  at  first  adopted,  and 
the  result  has  been  that,  notwithstanding  the  most 
formidable  competition,  they  have  been  able  to  estab- 
lish a  large,  safe,  and  profitable  business. 

The  present  officers  are :  President,  Hon.  C.  G. 
Memminger ;  General  Agents,  Messrs.  W.  C.  Bee  & 
Co.;  Superintendent,  Caspar  A.  Chisolm,  Esq. ;  Chem- 
ist, W.  W.  Memminger,  M.  D.  Directors  :  Hon.  C. 
G.  Memminger,  Messrs.  Robert  Adger,  E.  Horry 
Frost,  W.  C.  Bee,  Caspar  A.  Chisolm. 

ATLANTIC  PHOSPHATE  COMPANY. 

The  Atlantic  Phosphate  Company  was  organized 
in  May,  1870,  and  completed  its  works  on  the  Ash- 
ley River  in  time  to  introduce  its  fertilizers  in  1871, 
selling  this  year  a  few  hundred  tons,  and  has  steadily 
increased  its  trade,  until  during  the  past  three  years 
its  sales  have  exceeded  that  of  any  other  company 
here.  Its  reputation  is  equal  to  that  of  the  oldest 
8 


Charleston  Illustrated.  171 

fertilizers  now  sold  in  the  South,  and  its  productions 
give  perfect  satisfaction  wherever  used.  Its  manage- 
ment is  in  the  hands  of  Messrs.  Pelzer,  Rodgers  & 
Co.,  whose  reputation  is  a  sure  guarantee  for  the 
standard  quality  of  its  productions.  The  present  offi- 
cers of  the  company  are  :  Francis  J.  Pelzer,  Presi- 
dent ;  Francis  S.  Rodgers,  Treasurer ;  W.  G.  Muck- 
enfuss,  Clerk;  St.  Julien  Ravenel,  Chemist;  W. 
Lebby,  L.  D.  DeSaussure,  W.  P.  Hall,  B.  G.  Pinck  - 
ney,  Directors. 

THE  STONO  PHOSPHATE  COMPANY. 

The  only  other  company  which  we  will  notice  at 
present  is  the  Stono,  which  was  established  about  the 
same  time  as  the  Atlantic.  This  company  manufac- 
tures a  very  popular  fertilizer,  and  one  that  has  been 
found  of  great  service  on  various  kinds  of  land. 
Their  works  are  very  extensive  and  complete,  and 
well  worthy  a  visit  from  strangers.  They  are  situated 
on  the  Ashley  River,  about  five  miles  from  the  city, 
and  are  approached  through  a  magnificent  avenue  of 
live  oaks,  which,  in  the  winter  season,  are  festooned 
with  a  vast  abundance  of  grey  moss.  As  can  be 
seen  from  the  engraving,  the  buildings  are  large  and 
extensive.  There  is  a  large  building  for  the  two  acid 
chambers,  another  for  the  mill  and  machinery,  and 
there  are  others  for  storehouses,  besides  the  residence 
of  the  superintendent  and  the  cottages  of  the  work- 
men. The  works  are  on  the  river,  and  there  is  a 
substantial  wharf,  at  which  vessels  are  loaded.  The 


l'/ioto.  by  Barnard 


Cluirlcston  Illustrated.  173 

situation  is  just  below  Accabee,  so  renowned  for  its 
beauty,  where  the  river  widens  to  such  an  extent  as 
to  have  the  appearance  of  a  lake,  the  green  woods, 
and  cultivated  fields,  on  the  other  side,  forming  a 
charming  background  to  the  picture.  The  officers 
of  this  company  arc:  Wm.  Ravenel,  President;  Wil- 
liams, Black  &  Williams,  Commercial  Agents  ;  Dr. 
St.  Julien  Ravenel,  Chemist ;  J.  B.  Keckley,  Su- 
perintendent at  Works.  Directors:  Wm.  Ravenel, 
Henry  Gourdin,  Jas.  S.  Gibbes,  Chas.  H.  Simonton, 
J.  D.  Aiken,  R.  D.  Mure,  A.  Sydney  Smith,  A.  S. 
Johnston. 

THE   CHARLESTON    NEWS    AND    COURIER. 

This  prosperous  newspaper  was  first  published,  in 
August  14,  1865,  under  the  name  of  the  Charleston 
Daily  News.  Some  of  the  most  distinguished  men 
in  the  State  were  connected  with  the  News,  as  regu- 
lar or  occasional  writers,  but  the  management  of  the 
paper  was  defective,  and,  in  September,  1867,  the  con- 
cern was  sold,  at  private  sale,  to  Messrs.  Riordan, 
Dawson  &  Co.  Under  their  management  the  News 
rapidly  gained  strength,  which  was  increased  by  the 
subsequent  suspension  of  the  Charleston  Mercury, 
which  left  only  the  News  and  the  Charleston  Courier 
in  the  field  of  journalism  in  Charleston.  In  April, 
1 873,  the  Charleston  Courier  was  offered  for  sale,  and 
was  bought,  at  auction,  by  Messrs.  Riordan,  Dawson 
&  Co.,  who  consolidated  it  with  the  News,  under  the 
now  familiar  name  of  the  News  and  Courier.  The 


1/4  Charleston  Illustrated. 

Charleston  Courier  was  first  published  in  1803,  and 
had  long  been  one  of  the  most  respectable  and  profit- 
able newspapers  in  the  country.  It  was  sold  in  order 
that  there  might  be  a  settlement  of  the  estates  of 
deceased  proprietors.  From  the  time  of  the  consoli- 
dation the  business  career  of  the  News  and  Courier 
has  been  uniformly  and  remarkably  prosperous. 

The  News  and  Courier  establishment,  in  Broad 
street,  of  which  an  engraving  is  given  on  another 
page,  was  formerly  the  South-western  Railroad  Bank, 
and  was  bought  by  Messrs.  Riordan,  Dawson  &  Co., 
in  1872.  It  is  massive  in  structure  and  imposing  m 
appearance,  and,  with  the  two  connecting  buildings, 
sweeps  back,  an  entire  block,  to  Elliott  street.  The 
business  office  of  the  News  and  Courier  is  on  the 
lower  story  of  the  Broad  street  building;  the  edito- 
rial rooms  are  on  the  second  story,  and  the  compos- 
ing rooms  on  the  third  story.  In  the  middle  building 
are  the  double-cylinder  presses,  folding  and  address- 
ing machines,  and  other  machinery,  needed  for  the 
printing  and  delivery  of  the  several  editions  of  the 
paper.  To  the  rear  of  this  is  the  engine-room.  In 
the  large  three-story  brick  building  at  the  corner  of 
Elliott  street  is  the  News  and  Courier  Job  Printing 
Office,  which  is  complete  in  every  particular.  Be- 
tween forty  and  fifty  persons  are  regularly  employed 
in  the  News  and  Courier  establishment,  and  it  is  be- 
lieved to  be  the  best  equipped  newspaper  office  in  the 
South. 

Three  editions  of  the  News  and  Courier  are  pub- 
lished; the  daily  edition,  at  ten  dollars  a  year;  the 


Charleston  Illustrated.  175 

tri-weekly  edition,  at  five  dollars  a  year,  and  the 
weekly  edition,  at  two  dollars  a  year.  These  news- 
papers are  taken  and  read  in  every  part  of  South 
Carolina,  and  wherever  interest  or  affection  moves 
any  one  to  seek  news  of  South  Carolina  and  the 
South.  The  News  and  Courier  is  the  only  morning 
newspaper  in  Charleston,  and  is  acknowledged  to  be 
the  leading  newspaper  in  the  State. ' 

The  News  and  Courier,  while  spreading  before  its 
readers,  every  day,  a  brief  history  of  the  events  of 
the  world,  devotes  particular  care  to  the  collection, 
by  its  corps  of  reporters  and  correspondents,  of  South 
Carolina  and  Southern  news.  In  its  columns  will  be 
found  a  complete  record  of  whatever  passes  in  the 
South;  and  its  State  and  city  news  is  a  model  of 
thoroughness  and  varied  interest.  In  politics  the 
News  and  Courier  is  Conservative-Democratic  to  the 
backbone;  but  it  is  one  of  the  most  liberal  newspa- 
pers in  the  country.  No  narrow  views  will  be  found 
in  its  columns.  Its  devotion  to  the  South  has  been 
often  proved ;  but  it  is  an  earnest  advocate  of  peace 
and  reunion  on  the  broad  basis  of  equal  rights  and 
mutual  respect.  Nor  has  it,  in  the  darkest  hours, 
despaired  of  South  Carolina.  Its  services,  in  cheer- 
ing the  public  heart,  in  making  known  the  advantages 
of  Charleston  and  the  progress  of  her  trade,  in  fight- 
ing fraud,  and  in  advocating  measures  of  political, 
financial,  and  sanitary  reform,  have  been  worth  mil- 
lions to  the  State. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  177 

CHARLESTON    FEMALE   SEMINARY. 

The  engraving  on  the  opposite  page  represents 
the  school  building  of  the  Charleston  Female  Semi- 
nary. It  is  situated  at  No.  50  St.  Philip  street,  a  few 
doors  north  of  George  street,  and'directly  opposite  the 
College  of  Charleston.  It  is  recessed  from  the  street, 
has  a  garden  in  front,  and  presents  a  very  attractive 
appearance.  It  was  built  and  furnished  expressly  for 
the  purpose  to  which  it  is  applied,  and  thus  possesses 
advantages  to  be  obtained  i.n  no  other  way.  The 
building  is  so  situated  as  to  have  windows  on  all 
sides,  with  an  open  view  all  around,  thus  securing 
perfect  ventilation. 

It  is  furnished  with  the  "  new  American  school 
desks  and  settees,"  (Hunger's  patent,  with  Allen's 
opera  folding-seat  patent)  a  style  of  furniture  un- 
rivalled in  comfort,  and  elegant  in  appearance.  When 
desk  and  seat  are^folded,  less  than  one  foot  in  width 
is  occupied,  leaving  ample  space,  so  that  the  assembly 
room  may  readily  be  converted  into  a  calisthenic 
hall.  Numerous  blackboards  are  set  in  the  wall. 

The  Charleston  Female  Seminary  was  founded  in 
1870,  by  Miss  Etta  A.  Kelly,  a  young  lady  of  this 
city,  who  had  for  several  years  been  vice-principal  of 
the  Normal  School,  and  who,  in  that  position,  had 
displayed  an  ability  and  fitness  for  the  profession  of 
teaching,  that  attracted  the  attention  and  commanded 
the  confidence  of  prominent  citizens  connected  with 
the  management  of  that  institution. 

Feeling,  however,  that  she  could  better  carry  out 


I78 


Charleston  Illustrated. 


Flioto.  by  Barnard. 


En?,  by  Plioto.  Ens-  Co.,  W.   Y. 
NORMAL  SCHOOL. 


her  views  of  education  in  a  private  school,  and  being 
solicited  by  friends  to  take  charge  of  their  daughters 
and  do  so,  she  resigned  her  position  and  started  the 
seminary,  in  an  humble  way,  in  her  private  residence. 
Her  success  was  so  great  and  so  immediate,  that 
in  a  few  months  she  had  given  out  the  contract  for 
the  erection  of  the  present  building.  The  corner 
stone  was  laid  June  I5th,  1871,  and  the  building 
formally  inaugurated  in  1872.  Since  then  the  school 
has  been  steadily  increasing  in  grade,  in  numbers,  and 


Charleston  Illustrated.  179 

in  influence.  It  is  now  divided  into  a  primary  and 
academic  department — four  years  constant  attendance 
in  the  latter  department  being  required  before  a  pupil 
can  be  graduated.  During  the  past  year  a  pension  was 
added  to  the  School,  and  the  result  was  in  every  way 
satisfactory,  as  the  boarders  all  enjoyed  excellent 
health  and,  at  the  same  time,  attained  a  high  degree 
of  proficiency  in  their  studies.  Miss  Kelly's  motto  is 
"  Metis  sana  in  corpore  sano."  She  therefore  insists 
upon  calisthenics  as  much  as  on  mathematics.  Her 
success  has  been  simply  wonderful,  and  if  it  con- 
tinues, she  will  be  compelled  to  enlarge  her  accom- 
modations, and  the  seminary  will  become,  what 
Charleston  has  long  needed,  a  first  class  female 
college.  The  number  of  scholars  the  past  year  was 
one  hundred  and  forty.  The  present  corps  of  instruc- 
tors include  ten  teachers  and  a  lecturer. 

D.  F.   FLEMING  &  CO. 

One  of  the  most  prominent  business  stands  in  the 
city,  is  that  at  the  north-west  corner  of  Hayne  and 
Church  streets,  occupied  by  the  well  known  whole- 
sale boot  and  shoe  house  of  D.  F.  Fleming  &  Co. 
The  business  is  now  forty-three  years  old,  having 
been  first  established  by  Mr.  Fleming  in  1832.  He 
occupied  his  present  stand  in  Hayne  street  in  1838; 
Mr.  Wilson  became  a  member  of  the  firm  in  1845, 
and  since  then  the  firm,  although  occasionally  vary- 
ing in  its  members,  has  gone  under  the  name  of  D. 
F.  Fleming  &  Co.,  and  has  built  up  an  extensive 


Charleston  Illustrated.  \  8 1 

trade,  winning  the  confidence  and  respect  of  their 
customers  in  this  and  neighboring  States,  by  their 
uniform  courtesy  and  fair  dealing.  Their  acquaint- 
ance and  credit  with  the  manufacturers,  who  know 
them  to  be  one  of  the  most  responsible  houses  in 
the  South,  enable  them  to  purchase  goods  at  the 
bottom  of  the  market,  and,  consequently,  to  sell  at 
prices,  and  on  terms,  to  suit  the  trade  of  the  interior. 
The  present  members  of  the  firm,  each  and  every 
one  of  whom  is  personally  and  favorably  known  to 
the  trade,  are  Messrs.  D.  F.  Fleming,  James  M. 
Wilson,  and  James  Gilfillin. 

T.  M.  BRISTOLL  &  CO. 

The  King  street  store,  now  owned  by  the  senior 
member  of  the  firm  of  T.  M.  Bristoll  &  Co.,  was, 
after  the  great  disastrous  fire  of  1838,  immediately 
rebuilt,  and  in  the  fall  of  1839,  leased  by  Smith  & 
Bristoll,  who  removed  from  the  store  three  doors 
from  Queen  street.  When  the  Big  Boot  store  was 
established  in  1832,  Mr.  Smith  shortly  afterwards 
withdrew,  leaving  T.  M.  Bristoll  at  the  head,  where 
he  has  remained  up  to  the  present  time,  with  only 
the  interruption  of  business  during  the  late  war.  Mr. 
Bristoll  took  as  a  partner  Mr.  Bowler,  who,  at  his 
death,  was  succeeded  by  E.  C.  Bridgman,  who  on 
account  of  ill-health,  was  compelled  to  withdraw, 
and  was  succeeded  by  Mr.  A.  S.  Brown,  who  is  still 
a  member  of  the  present  firm.  The  Big  Boot  store 
was  established  as  a  one  price  first-class  boot,  shoe 


Charleston  Illustrated.  183 

and  trunk  store,  and  the  constant  aim  has  been  to 
preserve  that  reputation  unsullied.  The  Big  Boot 
store  is  so  well  known  to  old  Charlestonians  and 
residents  of  the  surrounding  country,  as  to  require 
no  comment,  and  the  engraving  which  appears  on  the 
opposite  page  will  seem  like  a  familiar  face. 

Immediately  after  the  opening  of  communication 
in  1865,  the  firm  was  re-organized  and  augmented  to 
by  the  entrance  of  Mr.  C.  T.  Dunham,  formerly  of 
that  well  know  and  deservedly  popular  wholesale 
boot  and  shoe  house,  Dunham,  Taft  &  Co.  The 
wholesale  business  is  now  conducted  at  No.  145 
Meeting  street,  opposite  Hayne.  Retail  branch,  250 
King  street,  the  following  being  the  copartners : 
T.  M.  Bristoll,  C.  T.  Dunham,  A.  S.  Brown,  and  T.  C. 
Ryan.  Being  all  experienced  men  in  the  trade,  hav- 
ing ample  capital  and  the  best  relations  with  the 
manufacturers,  they  are  able  to  keep  the  very  best 
stock  on  hand,  and  to  make  both  prices  and  terms 
satisfactory  to  their  numerous  customers. 

SELL  &  FOSTER. 

This  firm,  composed  of  Mr.  Edward  Emerick  Sell 
and  Capt.  Charles  Foster,  is  a  genuine  Southern 
house,  and  as  Capt.  Foster  was  formerly  a  member 
of  the  old  house  of  Bowen,  Foster"  &  Co.,  they  can 
claim  to  be  the  oldest  white  and  fancy  goods  house 
in  the  city.  At  the  time  of  Lee's  surrender,  Mr.  Sell 
was  on  duty  in  the  medical  department  at  Chester,  S. 
C.,  through  which  place  all  the  sick  and  wounded 


Charleston  Illustrated.  185 

were  obliged  to  pass,  and  there  he  remained  for  five 
months,  when  being  notified  by  the  Federal  authorities 
that  the  last  prisoners  had  been  sent  South  from  Point 
Lookout,  he  returned  to  Charleston,  and  with  Mr. 
Lengnick,  re-established  his  business,  under  the  name 
of  Lengnick  &  Sell,  in  second  floor  room,  twenty  by 
fifty  feet,  on  the  west  side  of  Meeting  street.  On 
January  1st,  1866,  they  removed  to  the  corner  of 
Hayne  and  Meeting,  and  on  January  1st,  1868,  to 
the  present  establishment,  27  Hayne  street.  Here 
they  occupy  the  entire  building,  four  stories  high, 
each  floor  twenty  by  one  hundred  feet.  The  lower 
floor  is  their  main  store,  where  are  displayed,  in 
great  variety,  notions  of  all  sorts  and  kinds.  One 
of  the  features  of  this  floor  is  the  array  of  clocks, 
in  which  they  do  a  large  trade.  The  second  story 
is  devoted  to  white  goods  and  ribbons,  and  the 
stock,  in  quality  and  variety,  is  unsurpassed  in  the 
South.  The  third  floor  is  devoted  to  millinery,  and 
here  can  be  seen  the  manufacture  of  those  delicate 
bits  of  head  gear,  destined  to  become  the  crowning 
glory  of  beauty  in  all  parts  of  North  Carolina,  South 
Carolina,  Georgia,  and  Florida.  In  the  fourth  story 
are  stored  an  immense  number  of  bandboxes  and 
other  articles  required  in  the  trade,  and  here  also 
manufacturing  is  carried  on.  The  whole  establish- 
ment possesses  interest  for  the  curious  and  will 
repay  a  visit  from  strangers. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  187 


OUR  FACTORIES  AND   MACHINE  SHOPS. 

Since  the  war  more  particular  attention  has  been 
paid  in  Charleston  to  industrial  pursuits  and  the 
mechanic  arts,  and  several  large  establishments  in 
various  branches  of  manufacture  have  been  founded. 
Of  these  we  will  proceed  to  notice  a  few  of  the  most 
prominent.  On  the  opposite  page  we  give  a  view  of 
the  new  planing  mill,  door,  sash,  and  blind  factory, 
and  lumber  yards  of  Mr.  P.  P.  Toale.  Mr.  Toale 
commenced  the  manufacture  of  doors,  sashes  and 
blinds,  immediately  after  the  war,  on  a  small  scale, 
and  has  gradually  increased  his  business  until  it  has 
reached  its  present  mammoth  proportions.  He  re- 
cently purchased  the  elegant  mill  site  at  the  foot  of 
Broad  and  Beaufain  streets,  and  has  erected  thereon 
a  commodious  factory  and  building,  forty  by  one 
hundred  and  eighty  feet,  two  stories  high,  with  ad- 
joining engine  and  boiler  house,  office,  stables,  etc. 
The  site  is  an  especially  desirable  one,  containing 
eleven  acres  of  lot  and  timber  pond,  located  in  the 
very  centre  of  the  lumber  trade.  Here  we  find  added 
to  the  former  business  that  of  working  our  native 
yellow  pine  for  this  and  foreign  markets,  together 
with  a  general  lumber  trade.  Of  the  building,  the 
entire  lower  floor,  and  more  than  half  the  second,  is 
occupied  by  machinery  of  the  latest  and  most  ap- 
proved designs,  driven  by  a  forty-horse  power  engine 
and  boiler,  with  new  shafting,  pulleys,  and  hangers 
throughout.  The  dry  kilns  now  in  course  of  erection 


Charleston  Illustrated.  189 

will  be  an  important  auxiliary,  giving  greater  dis- 
patch in  filling  orders,  and  adding  much  to  the  value 
of  the  work.  As  may  be  inferred,  a  large  portion  of 
the  work  is  done  by  machinery,  yet  constant  employ- 
ment is  given  fifty  to  sixty  workmen,  under  the 
supervision  of  Mr.  L.  Wetherhorn,  one  of  the  most 
skilled  workmen  in  his  line  in  the  State.  Among 
the  appliances  of  the  building  are  fifty-five  large  fire 
buckets,  and  two  of  the  "  Great  American  Fire  Extin- 
guishers," of  which  Mr.  T.  is  general  agent.  In  short, 
this  may  be  ranked  as  a  first  class  establishment  fully 
equipped  in  all  in  its  parts. 

The  main .  office  and  ware-rooms  are  at  Nos.  20 
and  22  Hayne  street,  running  through,  and  forming 
Nos.  33  and  35  Pinckney  street,  extensive  and  com- 
modious sales  rooms,  in  the  very  heart  of  our  whole- 
sale trade. 

The  oldest  machine  shop  in  the  city  is  that  of 

J.  M.  EASON  &  BROTHER. 

It  was  established  about  1825,  by  Robert  Eason, 
(father  of  the  present  proprietor,)  and  Thomas  Dot- 
terer,  under  the  firm  name  of  Eason  &  Dotterer. 
The  first  location  of  the  business  was  at  what  is  now 
the  south-west  corner  of  Hasel  and  Concord  streets. 
Mr.  Eason  shortly  withdrew  from  the  firm,  and  the 
business  was  carried  on  by  Mr.  Dotterer  alone,  with 
great  success.  He  put  together  the  first  engine  used 
on  the  South  Carolina  Railroad,  and  afterwards  built 
five  or  six  engines  out  and  out  for  the  same  road. 


190  Charleston  Illustrated. 

The  first  engine  he  built  was  called  the  Little  Native, 
and  on  her  trial  trip  had  the  honor  of  bringing  in 
a  large  English  engine  that  had  broken  down,  as 
well  as  the  train  which  the  large  engine  had  carried 
out.  The  railroad  business  was  one  of  the  induce- 
ments for  the  removal  of  the  machine  shops  to  their 
present  location  at  the  north-east  corner  of  Columbus 
and  Nassau  streets.  On  the  death  of  Mr.  Dotterer, 
his  brothers-in-law,  Messrs.  James  M.  Eason,  and  T. 
D.  Eason,  took  charge  of  the  business,  and  it  has 
since  continued  under  the  name  of  J.  M.  Eason  & 
Brother;  although  Mr.  J.  M.  Eason  alone  survives. 
The  largest  contract  ever  undertaken  by  J.  M.  Eason 
&  Brother  was,  probably,  the  cleaning  out  of  Beach 
Channel.  The  contract  was  signed  May  26th,  1856, 
the  firm  agreeing  to  remove  one  hundred  and  thirty- 
three  thousand  cubic  yards  of  earth  from  the  chan- 
nel, and  the  city  promising  to  pay  sixty  cents  per 
each  cubic  yard  removed.  The  work  was  performed 
under  the  supervision  of  the  United  States  Inspector, 
and  the  money  only  paid  on  his  certificate  that  the 
work  had  actually  been  done.  The  work  was  com- 
menced February  24th,  1857,  an^  finished  September 
i6th,  1858.  If  it  had  not  been  for  the  war,  the  city 
would  have  reaped  the  fruits  of  this  labor,  but  as  it 
was,  it  was  all  thrown  away. 

During  the  war  this  firm  did  a  great  deal  of  work 
for  the  Confederate  Government,  building  torpedo 
boats,  making  propellers  for  vessels,  etc.,  etc.  They 
now  manufacture  boilers,  steam  engines,  rice  mills, 
rice  threshers,  cotton  presses,  cotton  gins,  ditching 


Charleston  Illustrated.  191 

machines,  and  in  short,  everything  that  can  be  turned 
out  by  first-class  iron  works. 

TAYLOR  IKON  WORKS  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY. 

The  establishment  of  this  company  is  probably  the 
largest  of  the  kind  in  the  Southern  States.  It  occu- 
pies almost  an  entire  square,  being  bounded  on  the 
north  by  East  Bay,  on  the  south  by  Pritchard  street, 
and  on  the  west  by  Concord  street,  and  extending  on 
the  north  almost  to  Hasel  street.  At  the  corner  of 
East  Bay  and  Pritchard  streets  has  just  been  erected 
a  large  two  story  warehouse,  for  the  sale  of  engines, 
machinery,  belting,  etc.,  in  short  everything  which  is 
manufactured  by  the  company,  or  that  can  be  im- 
ported to  more  advantage.  The  centre  of  the  grounds 
is  occupied  by  the  principal  machine  shop,  an  immense 
building  containing  an  endless  variety  of  machinery. 
There  are  also  a  number  of  sheds  for  casting  and 
boiler  making,  and  a  huge  iron  tank  has  been,  placed 
on  the  top  of  a  great  wooden  tower,  and  is  kept  filled 
with  water,  and  is  supplied  with  pipes  to  throw  the 
water  on  any  part  of  the  works  in  case  of  fire.  The 
president  of  the  company,  Mr.  John  F.  Taylor,  after 
whom  the  company  was  named,  and  who  originally 
established  the  works,  is  the  inventor  of  "  Taylor's 
Direct  Acting  Steam  and  Hydraulic  Press,"  now  recog- 
nized as  the  best  for  compressing  cotton,  and  in  use 
in  all  the  large  cotton  depots. 

Among  the  articles  manufactured  and  sold  by  the 
company,  are  house  fronts,  marine,  stationary  and 


diaries  ton  Illustrated.  193 

portable  steam  engines,  boilers,  tanks,  hoisting  en- 
gines, saw  mills,  rice  threshers  and  mills  of  every 
description,  shaftings,  pulleys  and  gearing,  iron  fronts 
for  buildings,  castings  of  every  kind  in  iron  or  brass, 
forgings  of  all  descriptions,  phosphate  washers,  phos- 
phate and  ore  crushers,  steam  fittings,  wrought  iron 
pipe,  sheet  rubber  and  gaskets,  water  and  steam 
gauges,  belting,  packing,  etc.,  Taylor's  patent  direct 
acting  steam  and  hydraulic  presses,  Samuel  J.  Chap- 
man's patent  trap  strainer,  for  bilge  pumps,  bilge  in- 
jections, etc.  Boilers  can  be  taken  from  or  put  on 
board  steamers,  by  the  crane  on  their  wharf. 

The  officers  of  the  company  are  :  John  F.  Taylor, 
president;  Fred.  Brotherhood,  superintendent;  James 
S.  Simons,  secretary;  W.  E.  Breese,  treasurer;  H. 
Buist,  solicitor.  Directors  :  G.  W.  Williams,  D.  C. 
Ebaugh,  F.  J.  Pelzer,  C.  A.  Chisolm,  J.  C.  Mallonee, 
D.  PL  Harvey. 

DEVEREUXS'  MILLS. 

The  engraving  on  the  following  page  represents  the 
steam  power  works  of  Messrs.  Devereux  &  Brother, 
architects,  builders,  and  manufacturers  of  builders' 
supplies  in  wood.  These  works  are  conveniently 
situated,  on  Ashley  River,  within  the  city  limits,  and 
are  the  only  works  in  Charleston,  and,  we  believe,  in 
all  the  South,  where  frame  buildings  are  prepared  to 
order,  and  shipped  to  any  point.  Doors,  sashes, 
blinds,  mouldings,  and  other  builders'  supplies  in 
wood  are  furnished  from  these  works  on  short  notice. 
9 


Charleston  Illustrated.  195 

They  offer  to  the  South  the  advantages  of  a  first-class 
builders'  manufacturing  establishment. 

These  mills  are  the  fruit  of  the  industry  and  enter- 
prise of  this  firm,  the  senior  members  of  which  (J.  H. 
and  J.  W.  Devereux)  commenced  business  in  1857. 
After  the  war,  their  brothers,  N.  F.  and  P.  Devereux, 
also  practical  mechanics,  joined  them.  They  have 
steadily  increased  their  operations  and  business  facili- 
ties. Some  of  the  finest  modern  structures  in  the  city 
attest  their  taste  and  skill.  Of  the  buildings  repre- 
sented in  this  volume,  the  new  German  Church  and 
Masonic  Temple  were  designed  and  erected  by  them. 
The  Chamber  of  Commerce,  also  represented  in  this 
volume,  and  other  buildings,  were  remodelled  by 
them.  The  Academy  of  Music,  however,  alone  gave 
an  opportunity  for  the  display  of  the  artistic  skill 
foreshadowed  in  the  work  of  art  by  the  senior  member 
of  the  firm  while  yet  an  apprentice,  of  which  we  find 
the  following  notice  in  the  Courier  of  November  27, 
1856:  "  In  the  group  of  statuary  are  several  busts  by 
young  Devereux,  whose  early  promise  gives  token  of 
the  sculptor  by  intuition." 

The  Academy  is  a  gem,  and  it  alone  fulfills  the  high 
expectation  of  the  foregoing  extract. 

THE  DOOR,  SASH  AND  BLIND  FACTORY  OF  GEO.  S.  HACKER 

is  well  known,  throughout  this  State  for  its  first-class 
work.  It  is  situated  in  King  street,  opposite  Cannon 
street,  and  the  rear  of  the  factory  is  directly  on  the 
yard  of  the  South  Carolina  Railroad,  thus  having 


Charleston  Illustrated.  197 

unusual  facilities  for  transportation.  Mr.  Hacker  is  a 
native  South  Carolinian,  and  a  man  well  known  and 
appreciated  by  his  fellow  citizens.  He  has  been  en- 
gaged in  this  branch  of  manufacture  for  many  years, 
and  is  thoroughly  posted  in  all  its  details.  The  en- 
graving on  the  opposite  page  gives  but  an  inadequate 
idea  of  the  extent  of  the  factory,  as  only  the  front  of 
the  main  building  is  seen.  This  building  is  much 
larger  than  the  picture  would  lead  one  to  suppose, 
while  another  building,  including  the  boiler  and  en- 
gine, and  a  part  of  the  machinery  is  entirely  concealed 
from  view.  The  warerooms  in  front  arc  used  for 
storing  finished  work,  and  glazing,  and  painting.  Mr. 
Hacker's  is  the  oldest  established  door,  sash  and  blind 
factory  in  the  city,  having  been  first  established  in 
1842.  It  now  counts  its  customers  in  North  Caro- 
lina, South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and  Florida. 

JOHN    S.    FAIRLY    &    CO. 

This  firm  occupies  the  extensive  buildings  Nos.  37 
Hayne  street,  and  70  Market  street.  The  engraving 
(on  the  following  page)  represents  the  Hayne  street 
front.  The  building  is  four  stories  high,  is  the  fifth 
from  the  corner  of  Meeting  street,  and  is  in  the 
centre  of  the  jobbing  trade  of  the  city. 

The  firm  possesses  the  experience  and  capital  requi- 
site to  enable  it  to  supply  the  trade  in  its  lines  of 
business  with  goods  suitable  to  the  wants  of  the  city 
and  country,  and  at  prices  as  low  as  those  of  any 
northern  city. 


r-~z:-^ 


Charleston  Illustrated.  199 

Mr.  Fairly  was  connected  with  the  house  of  Shep- 
herd, McCreery  &  Co.,  first  as  book-keeper,  and  after- 
wards as  salesman,  from  1852  to  1856.  When  the 
firm  of  Marshall,  Burge  &  Co.  was  organized,  he 
became  a  partner  of  that  house  and  so  continued 
until  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  when  he  entered  the 
Confederate  service.  Finding  himself  without  means 
at  the  close  of  the  war,  it  was  not  until  in  the  autumn 
of  1 866,  he  obtained  a  copartner  with  capital,  and  again 
embarked  in  the  line  of  business  of  his  old  firm,  viz  : 
wholesale  dealers  in  hosiery,  white  goods,  fancy  goods 
and  notions,  at  37  Hayne  street,  where  he  has  con- 
tinued to  conduct  it  successfully  under  the  present 
firm  name. 

In  January,  1872,  Mr.  McBurney,  of  Hyatt,  McBur- 
ney  &  Co.,  former  owners  and  occupants  of  the 
buildings,  (whose  old  sign  board  reburnished  is  prom- 
inent in  the  engraving,)  took  an  interest  in  the  firm  ; 
and  the  trade  of  the  house  requiring  greater  facilities 
for  the  conduct  of  its  increasing  business,  arrange- 
ments were  made  to  occupy  the  entire  premises  run- 
ning through  from  Hayne  to  Market  street. 

It  is  one  of  the  best  appointed  establishments  of 
its  kind  in  the  whole  country,  and  merits  the  atten- 
tion and  patronage  of  all  dealers  in  that  line  in  this 
section  of  country. 

SILCOX'S    FURNITURE   WAREROOMS. 

The  extensive  warerooms,  of  which  a  view  is  given 
on  the  next  page,  are  occupied  by  the  firm  of  D. 
H..  Silcox  &  Son,  the  largest  dealers  in  furniture  in 
Charleston.  The  building  was  erected  expressly  for 


Photo,  hy  Rarnard,  Kng.  by  Photo.  En£.  Co.,  JV.  Y. 

SILCOX'S  FURNITURE  WAREROOMS. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  201 

the  furniture  business,  by  Mr.  Wm.  Enston,  but  at  his 
u^ath,  in  1860,  was  bought  by  the  present  firm.  Mr. 
D.  H.  Silcox  commenced  business  at  the  corner  diag- 
onally opposite  the  present  stand,  in  1838,  and  car- 
ried it  on  continuously  and  successfully  until  his 
death,  in  1874.  Some  years  previous  to  his  death, 
he  had  associated  his  son,  Mr.  D.  S.  Silcox,  in  part- 
nership with  himself,  and  that  gentleman  has  con- 
tinued to  carry  on  the  business  in  the  old  name.  The 
firm  has  always  made  a  specialty  of  fine  furniture, 
and  taken  pride  in  dealing  in  first-class  goods  and 
doing  first-class  work,  and  the  houses  of  some  of  the 
wealthiest  people  of  the  city  have  been  furnished  by 
them,  in  a  manner  at  once  creditable  to  their  taste 
and  to  their  resources.  As  said  before,  the  building 
was  built  expressly  for  the  furniture  trade,  and  is 
admirably  adapted  to  the  purpose.  There  are  three 
stories,  each  consisting  of  one  large  room,  without 
division  or  partition,  the  ceilings  being  supported  by 
rows  of  iron  columns.  On  the  first  floor  may  be  seen 
such  chairs,  bureaus,  bedsteads,  washstands,  icehouses, 
etc.,  as  are  most  commonly  sold,  and  require  to  be 
oftenest  exhibited.  In  the  second  story  are  costly 
sets  of  drawingroom  and  bedroom  furniture,  while 
in  the  third,  common  furniture  is  compactly  put  away 
in  great  quantities. 

FOGARTIE'S  BOOK  COMPANY. 

The  depository  of  the  Fogartie  Book  Company,  is 
eligibly  situated,  next  door  to  the  famous  old  stand 
of  Russell,  whose  name  was  familiar  as  household 


Photo,  by  Barnard.  Eng.  by  Photo.  Ens;.  Co.,  A'.  Y. 

FOGARTIE'S  BOOK  COMPANY. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  203 

words  in  the  last  generation.  The  building  occupied 
by  the  Book  Company  is  a  large  and  commodious 
one,  on  the  first  floor  of  which  is  their  celebrated 
bookstore.  As  we  pause,  and  glance  into  the  store, 
we  see  its  shelves,  and  tables  well  filled  with  an  ex- 
tensive stock  of  English  and  American  literature ; 
everything  looks  so  cosy  and  inviting,  we  feel  that  we 
must  walk  in.  As  we  take  our  seat  at  one  of  the 
numerous  tables,  on  which  are  spread  the  latest  peri- 
odicals, we  notice  that  not  only  have  the  literati  made 
this  place  their  resort,  as  one  after  another  of  the 
clergy  and  learned  profession  enter,  with  the  air  of 
men  who  are  at  home,  but  that  the  rising  generation 
are  following  in  their  footsteps  in  coming  here  to 
procure  the  necessary  adjuncts  of  school  life. 

Mr.  F.  is  the  oldest  bookseller  by  many  years  in 
Charleston  ;  this  veteran  bibliopole  began  his  career 
in  this  business  about  thirty-five  years  ago;  his  novi- 
tiate was  passed  in  the  establishment  in  Chalmers 
street,  which  was  known  as  the  depository  of  the 
Sunday-school  Union  Tract  and  Bible  Societies,  and 
conducted  by  D.  W.  Harrison.  We  next  find  Mr.  F. 
in  the  bookstore  of  the  popular  and  lamented  Beile. 
After  the  death  of  Mr.  Beile,  he  formed  a  business 
connection  with  the  well  remembered  W.  R.  Babcock, 
and  is  the  only  survivor  of  W.  R.  Babcock  &  Co. 

The  stranger  will  find  this  a  quiet,  pleasant  resort. 

The  library  rooms  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal 
Society  are  in  the  same  building,  and  it  is  also  the 
depository  of  the  Charleston  Bible  Society. 


TOYS  &  RUBBER  GOODS. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  205 

One  of  the  most  attractive  establishments  in  the 
city,  for  strangers  as  well  as  natives,  is 

VON  SANTEN'S  BAZAAR, 

an  engraving  of  which  appears  on  the  opposite  page. 
The  proprietor,  Mr.  Frederick  Von  Santen,  is  the 
right  man  in  the  right  place,  and  has  a  host  of  friends, 
who  make  his  bazaar  their  favorite  rendezvous  and 
a  source  of  profit  to  him,  as  well  as  pleasure  to  them- 
selves. In  summer  his  ice  cream  saloon  is  the  chosen 
resort  of  the  young  people  of  both  sexes,  and  in 
winter  his  store  is  sacred  to  the  juveniles  as  the  shrine 
of  Santa  Claus.  In  addition  to  his  retail  department, 
which  is  so  well  known  to  all  Charlestonians,  and 
which  should  always  be  patronized  by  tourists,  Mr. 
Von  Santen  does  a  large  jobbing  business  with  the 
merchants  of  the  interior,  and  by  making  a  specialty 
of  his  particular  line,  is  able  to  give  great  satisfaction. 
He  imports  large  quantities  of  foreign  fancy  goods 
and  toys,  and  pays  particular  attention  to  French 
confectionery.  He  also  deals  in  fireworks,  dolls, 
games,  and  India  rubber  goods.  Any  merchant  vis- 
iting Charleston  to  purchase  goods,  will  find  it  greatly 
to  his  advantage  to  examine  Mr.  Von  Santen's  large 
and  varied  stock. 

To  travellers  this  store  is  important  for  its  exten- 
sive stock  of  stereoscopic  views  of  the  city  and  sur- 
rounding country. 


Phot  •.  by  Barnard. 


IIOI.MliS'  EOOK    HOUS 


/S>i».  l*v  Photo.  Eng.  Co.,  N.  >". 


Charleston  Illustrated.  207 

HOLMES'  BOOK  HOUSE. 

At  the  corner  of  King  and  Wentworth  streets  is  to 
be  seen  one  of  the  landmarks  of  Charleston,  viz  : 
Franklin's  Head.  This  is  a  sign  which  has  hung  at 
that  corner  for  years,  and  now,  as  at  first,  indicates  a 
first-class  bookstore.  It  is,  and  has  been  for  fifty 
years,  one  of  the  favorite  resorts  of  the  literati  of 
Charleston.  It  first  became  famous  under  Mr.  W.  R. 
Babcock,  who  occupied  the  stand  until  1858.  Holmes' 
Book  House,  the  present  establishment,  was  founded 
in  1866,  by  Professor  F.  S.  Holmes,  who  sold  the 
business  in  1873  to  his  son,  A.  Baron  Holmes,  the 
present  proprietor.  A  large  and  varied  stock  of  books 
in  every  department  of  literature  can  always  be  found 
here.  Collectors  in  search  of  old  and  rare  volumes 
should  make  it  a  point  to  call  on  Mr.  Holmes,  who 
has  made  a  specialty  of  this  department  of  the  busi- 
ness. The  very  best  collection  of  relics  and  docu- 
ments connected  with  the  Confederate  war  is  proba- 
bly that  in  his  possession. 

JEWELRY    ESTABLISHMENT    OF    MR.    JAMES    ALLAN. 

Mr.  Allan  is  himself  a  practical  jeweller,  and  under- 
stands every  detail  of  the  business,  and  to  this  know- 
ledge is  doubtless  to  be  attributed  his  great  success. 
The  interior  of  his  store  is  artistically  arranged,  and 
displays  his  handsome  stock  in  so  alluring  a  manner, 
that  a  customer,  especially  a  lady  customer,  hardly 
knows  when  to  leave.  Feasting  her  eyes  on  costly 


Charleston  Illustrated.  209 

watches,  she  tears  herself  away  from  them,  only  to  be 
irresistibly  attracted  by  diamond  sets,  pearl  necklaces, 
brooches,  ear  rings,  finger  rings,  studs,  buttons,  pins, 
in  endless  variety  and  glittering  confusion.  If  her 
taste  is  more  for  solid  worth  than  great  display,  she 
has  only  to  cross  to  the  other  side  of  the  store,  and 
there  she  may  spend  her  fortune  in  silver  plate,  hand- 
some pitchers,  teapots,  urns,  cake  baskets,  cups,  nap- 
kin rings,  spoons,  fruit  knives,  etc.,  which  there  make 
a  splendid  array.  To  enumerate  the  clocks,  desks, 
music  boxes,  opera  glasses,  and  the  thousand  and  one. 
other  articles  to  supply  the  necessities,  or  to  admin- 
ister to  the  luxuries  of  life,  would  take  more  space 
than  can  be  spared  in  so  small  a  volume.  Suffice  it 
to  say  that  Mr.  Allan  is  the  favorite  jeweller  of  some 
of  the  richest  and  most  fashionable  people  in  the  city, 
and  that  he  has  the  happy  knack  of  giving  satisfaction 
to  his  customers. 

Just  below  Allan's  the  stranger  is  at  once  struck 
by  the  umbrellas  and  big  hat  which  mark  the 

UMBRELLA  AND  HAT  STORE  OF    MR.  B.  JOHNSON. 

Mr.  Johnson's  umbrella  business  has  been  estab- 
lished for  many  years,  and  the  reputation  which  he 
has  obtained  for  the  durability  of  his  materials  and 
superior  quality  of  his  work,  has  created  a  demand 
for  his  umbrellas,  canes,  and  parasols.  He  has  re- 
cently added  hats  to  his  other  business,  and,  on  the 
same  principle  of  giving  good  articles  at  moderate 
prices,  he  is  bound  to  succeed.  See  next  page. 


OF  MR.  B    JOHNSON. 


Charleston  Illustrated.  2  \  I 


RAILROADS. 

No  account  of  the  city  of  Charleston  would  be 
complete  without  some  description  of  the  South 
Carolina  Railroad,  which  is  one  of  its  principal  insti- 
tutions, the  interest  of  the  city  and  of  the  railroad 
having  always  been  identical.  It  is  the  oldest  rail- 
road in  the  United  States — the  South  Carolina  Canal 
and  Railroad  Company  having  been  chartered  in 
1827,  and  the  Charleston  and  Cincinnati  Railroad 
Company  in  1835.  These  two  corporations  were 
consolidated  in  1844,  under  the  name  of  the  South 
Carolina  Railroad  Company.  It  has  always  been 
the  leading  railroad  in  South  Carolina,  and  one  of 
the  most  important  roads  in  the  South. 

At  the  present  time,  the  South  Carolina  Rail  Road 
Company  operates  under  its  immediate  organization 
two  hundred  and  forty-three  miles  of  first-class  single 
track,  thoroughly  equipped  in  all  respects,  and  fully 
prepared  at  all  points  to  meet  any  emergency  in  the 
business  of  transportation.  It  has  for  its  local  ter- 
mini, within  the  limits  of  its  own  State,  the  city  of 
Charleston,  the  city  of  Columbia,  and  the  town  of 
Camden,  traversing  an  intermediate  territory  at  once 
populous,  fertile,  and  prosperous.  Its  fourth,  and 
western  terminus  is  in  the  city  of  Augusta,  Ga.,  and 
there  it  connects  immediately  with  the  Georgia  Rail- 
road, and  through  it  with  the  entire  ramified  railroad 
system  of  the  Western  and  Gulf  States. 

At  Columbia,  S.  C.,  its  connections  are  with  all  the 


212  Charleston  Illustrated. 

lines  radiating  from  that  centre,  and  it  especially 
controls,  though  under  a  distinct  organization,  the 
management  of  the  road  and  branches  to  Green- 
ville, Anderson,  Walhalla,  Abbeville,  and  Laurens. 
The  service  of  transportation  on  this  road  of  both 
passengers  and  freight  has  always  been  characterized 
by  the  utmost  precision,  safety  and  dispatch.  The 
transit  of  through  freight  is  uninterrupted  from  the 
point  of  shipment  to  its  ultimate  destination,  the 
common  and  mutual  interchange  of  cars  between  all 
connecting  roads  insuring  their  passage  without  the 
breaking  of  bulk.  Through  its  well  systematized 
forwarding  department,  all  the  various  business  details 
incident  to  the  service  of  moving  freight  are  promptly 
and  carefully  attended  to,  and  claims  of  either  loss, 
damage  or  otherwise,  arising  out  of  the  same,  are 
invariably  made  the  subjects  of  special  and  immediate 
action. 

The  South  Carolina  Railroad  is  an  integral  part  of 
the  Great  Southern  Freight  Line,  and  one  of  its 
most  important  links,  connecting,  as  it  does,  on 
deep  water  at  the  port  of  Charleston,  with  the  several 
steamship  lines  and  fleets  of  sailing  vessels,  engaged 
in  the  carrying  trade  from  and  to  all  the  chief  North- 
ern and  Eastern  coast  cities. 

The  steamships  composing  the  lines,  from  New 
York  particularly,  are  vessels  of  the  most  approved 
construction,  and  especially  adapted  in  their  draft  of 
water,  speed,  and  safe  sea-going  qualities  to  all  the 
requirements  of  the  service.  Their  trips  are  generally 
made  each  way  inside  of  sixty  hours,  and  shippers 


Charleston  Illustrated.  213 

by  this  route  rely  with  confidence  upon  every  possi- 
ble care  and  attention  being  given  to  the  protection 
of  their  interests.  These  ships  are  likewise  provided 
with  admirably  appointed  and  completely  ventilated 
passenger  accommodations,  and  enjoy  a  very  large 
patronage  from  the  pleasure-seeking  as  well  as  the 
business  travelling  public.  The  steamships  forming 
the  Philadelphia  and  Baltimore  lines  are  likewise  well 
built,  substantial  vessels,  possessing  all  the  good 
qualities  requisite  to  ensure  safe  carriage,  quick  trips, 
and  have  deservedly  won  public  confidence  and  sup- 
port as  being  among  the  most  reliable  carriers  on  the 
coast. 

The  North-Eastern  Railroad  extends  from  Charles- 
ton to  Florence,  a  station  on  the  Wilmington,  Co- 
lumbia and  Augusta  Railroad,  one  hundred  and  three 
miles  from  Charleston,  and  one  hundred  and  three 
miles  from  Wilmington,  North  Carolina;  at  this  point 
it  connects  with  the  Cheraw  and  Darlington  Railroad. 

The  Savannah  and  Charleston  Railroad  extends  to 
Savannah,  Georgia,  one  hundred  and  ten  miles,  via 
Grahamville. 

The  Spartanburg  and  Asheville  Railroad  commends 
itself  to  the  merchants  of  Charleston.  This  road  is  a 
link  in  the  great  through  line — a  national  highway, 
so  to  speak — destined  to  connect  the  cities  of  Louis- 
ville, Cincinnati,  St.  Louis,  Toledo,  Indianapolis, 
Chicago,  and  San  Francisco,  with  the  central  South 
Atlantic  port  of  Charleston.  The  road  runs  from 
Spartanburg,  via  Asheville,  to  Wolf  Creek,  the  West- 
ern Counties  of  the  Cincinnati,  Cumberland  Gap,  and 


Cliarlcston  Illustrated.  2  \  5 

Charleston  Railroad,  and  will  be,  for  the  entire  length, 
one  hundred  and  fifteen  miles.  Twenty-five  miles 
from  Spartanburg,  northward,  are  graded,  and  work 
upon  the  remainder  is  being  pushed  forward  rapidly. 
The  cost  of  the  entire  road  will  be  $2,500,000,  of- 
which  a  very  large  amount  has  been  subscribed  in 
capital  stock,  and  additions  to  the  same  being  regu- 
larly made  by  the  people  of  North  and  South  Caro- 
lina. Of  the  road  between  Asheville  and  Wolf  Creek, 
included  in  the  one  hundred  and  fifteen  miles  above 
alluded  to,  two-thirds  of  the  grading,  the  heaviest 
and  most  expensive  portion  of  the  work,  is  finished. 
The  line  of  road  is  as  follows  :  from  Charleston  to 
Columbia,  on  the  South  Carolina  Railroad;  from  Co- 
lumbia to  Spartanburg,  on  the  Spartanburg  and  Union 
Railroad  ;  thence  by  the  Spartanburg  and  Asheville 
Railroad  to  Morristown,  Tennessee,  and  on  to  the 
principal  cities  of  trade.  We  would  urge  the  speedy 
completion  of  this  road  upon  our  merchants,  throw- 
ing, as  it  naturally  must,  the  entire  grain  trade  of  the 
West  over  the  shortest  and  cheapest  possible  route, 
necessarily  creating  a  line  of  foreign  steamers  for 
shipment  to  the  old  world.  The  construction  of  this 
link  opens  at  once  the  finest  trans-mountain  region  in 
the  South  to  the  trade  of  our  merchants,  from  which 
they  have  been  heretofore  cut  off  by  the  mountain 
barriers.  The  books  for  subscription  to  the  stock  are 
now  open.  D.  R.  Duncan,  President ;  W.  K.  Blake, 
Secretary  and  Treasurer. 


LEONARD  CHAPIN, 


Manufacturer  and   Dealer  in 


S.  W.  Cor.  Meeting  and  Wentworth  Sts., 


Rockaways,        k^^i^^S        BUGGIES, 
Jump  Seats,  COUPES, 

Spring  Wagons,  Brets,  Cabriolets. 

HPiffilli  II  ALL  ITS 

PAINTING  IN  BEST  STYLE. 

Mew  Wheels,  best  quality.  Axles,  Springs,  Tire. 

All  \^ork  guaranteed,  and  promptly  attended  to  by 

L.  CHAPEN* 


D.  F.  FLEMING.  JAMES  M.  WILSON.  JAMES  QILFILLIN. 

AUGUST,  1875. 


We    have    received,    and    are    now    opening,    a    large    and  new    stock  of 
BOOTS,  SHOES  AND  TRUNKS, 

FSB  FJUUU  YBJUBE. 


Orders  Promptly  Filled,  and  all  Goods  with  our  Brand  Warranted. 


I).  F.  FLEMING  &  CO., 

Wholesale  Dealers  in  and  Manufacturers  of 


AND  TRUNKS, 

ISTO.    Q    "FT  A  'V'Kr'Fn    g^rP'F?JTr.  H!'  I ' 

Corner  of  Church  Street, 

«Mj^ir^s^w,  pt «» 

I -I  A 


l^oarilhfQ  and  jpM|  j 

FOR  YOUNG  LADIES, 

No.    &&    HA  SET-,  STR.EET, 

CHARLESTON,  S.  C. 


This  Institution  offers  to  Parents  and  Guardians 
the  advantages  of  a  Finishing  School  for  Young  Ladies, 
combined  wit  It  the  comforts  of  a  refined  Jiouic.  Board- 
ing pupils  are  received  into  the  family  of  the  Principal, 
and  become  objects  of  maternal  care.  Attention  is  given 
to  the  cultivation  of  t/ie  mind,  the  affections,  and  the 
manners;  wliUe  tJic  Jicalth  is  promoted  by  regular  exer- 
cise. Competent  Professors  are  employed  in  all  the 
usual  branches  of  useful  arid  ornamental  education. 
For  the  results  of  her  system,  the  Principal  has  the 
honor  to  refer  to  the  correspondence  of  the  Patrons  of  the 
School. 


Mrs.   Hopson    Pincknefs  School.  — Continued. 

CORRESPONDENCE. 


Hon.   W.  F.   COLCOCK,  Gillison-ville,  S.  C. 

"  From  a  personal  acquaintance  of  nearly  twenty  years  with  your  system 
of  education,  it  affords  me  unqualified  pleasure  to  say  that  it  has  always  met 
my  highest  approbation  in  every  particular,  which  is  necessary  to  make  not 
only  scholars,  but  ladies  of  our  daughters." 

Hon.  T.  C.  fTEATHERLET,  Bcnnetts-ville,  S.  C. 

"  As  a  patron  of  your  School,  I  was  well  pleased  with  your  discipline, 
and  your  method  of  teaching  seemed  all  that  the  most  exacting  could 
desire." 

Chief  Justice  DUN  KIN,  Charleston,  S.  C. 

"The  experience  and  observation  of  several  years  have  satisfied  me  of 
your  marked  ability  in  the  service  of  instruction,  and  I  fully  appreciate  the 
excellent  results." 

Hon.  JAMES  SIMONS,  Charleston,  S   C. 

"  As  a  parent,  perhaps  over-anxious  on  this  point,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  say 
that  I  have  always  rejoiced  that  my  own  daughters  were  so  fortunate  as  to 
be  in  a  position  to  avail  themselves  of  your  moral  and  intellectual  training." 

J.A    McRAE,  Esq.,  Bennettsville,  S.  C. 

"  In  addition  to  your  efficiency  in  the  school  room,  I  was  impressed  with 
the  maternal  care  and  solicitude  exhibited  in  the  training  of  the  young  ladies 
under  your  care." 

Hon.  J.  P    REED,  Anderson,  S.  C. 

"  I  am  alike  satisfied  with  your  system  of  teaching  and  with  the  supe- 
riority of  your  training." 

Col.  J.  L.  BLACK,  Ridge-way,  S.  C. 

"  I  have  had  a  daughter  two  years  with  Mrs  Pinckney,  and  I  take  great 
pleasure  in  recommending  this  as  a  Finishing  School  for  Young  Ladies  ;  and 
regard  it,  in  this  respect,  as  far  ahead  of  any  Female  Institution  in  the  State. 
The  management  is  superior  and  the  house  combines  the  advantages  of  a 
school,  with  those  of  a  polished  home  circle." 

S.    T.   TUPPER,  Esq.,  Charleston,  S.  C 

"  It  is  with  satisfaction  and  gratitude  that  I  cordially  commend  your 
method  of  training,  whereby  the  personal  conduct  and  manners  of  your 
pupils  are  formed  ;  while  equal  attention  is  paid  to  their  intellectual  and 
moral  culture,  all  of  which  tend  to  the  formation  of  character.  It  is  very 
pleasant  in  our  home  circle,  to  hear  you  frequently  referred  to  as  authority 
for  gentle  civilities  and  rules  of  conduct." 

Major  FRANZ  MELCHERS,  Charleston,  S    C. 

"  I  take   great    pleasure   in   recommending  your   efficient   School       My 

daughter  has    made    good    progress   with  you,  in  all   the    branches   she  has 
studied  " 


Mrs.    Ho f  son   Plnckney's  School.  —  Continued. 

REFERENCES. 


HON.  W.  D.  PORTER,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
B.  BOLLMANN,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
A.  R.  TAFT,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
G.  H.  1NGRAHAM,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
ED.  BARNWELL,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
DR.  W.  T.  WRAGG,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
W.  J.  BENNETT,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
REV.  W.  O.  PRENTISS,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
W.  J.  M1DDLETON,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
JAMES  DUNBAR,  Barnwell,  S.  C. 
MAJOR  CLYBURN,  Lancaster,  S.  C. 
J.  B.  BISSELL,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
DR.  P.  PORCHER,  Charleston,  S.  C. 


WM.  UFFERHARDT,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
DR.  J.  L.  DAWSON,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
|  FRANCIS  WESTON,  ESQ.,  Pee  Dee. 
JAMES  HEYWARD,  ESQ. .Charleston,  S.  C. 
W.  H.  PERRONEAU.  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
H.  GOURDIN,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
R.  N.  GOURDIN,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
W.  K.  RYAN,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
S.  A.  WOODS,  ESQ.,  Darlington,  S.  C. 
DR.  WILLIAMSON,  Darlington,  S.  C. 
T.  D.  JERVEY,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
F.  J.  PELZER,  ESQ.,  Charleston,  S.  C. 
DR.  F.  PEYRE  PORCHER,  Charleston,  S.  C. 


TERMS. 


The  Scholastic  year,  commencing  October  1st,  and  closing  July  3 1st,  is 
divided  into  two  sessions  of  five  months  each. 


PER  SESSION  OF  FIVE  MONTHS. 

English  Senior  Class $40  oo 

English  Junior  Class 25  oo 

French 12  to  20  oo 

German zo  oo 

Drawing  and  Painting 20  to  23   oo 

Music 40  oo 

Fuel 3  oo 

Stationery,  etc 3   oo 

Board ~|  ( 30  oo 

Washing I  i  2  oo 

Use  of  Piano j- Per   Month,-]  I   oo 

Seat  in  Church i  I   i   oo 

Bedding,  etc J  [ I    oo 

No  deductions  for  absence  except  when  caused  by  sickness. 

Vacation,  the  months  of  August  and  September. 

Terms,  in  advance,  or  one-half  in  advance,  and  the  balance  in  the  middle 
of  the  session. 


CROCKERY 

IMPORTING  COMPANY. 


Imported   Direct  from   the   Potteries  to  Charleston  ;    also,  Goods  for  Local 
Trade   Packed  to  Order. 

Glassware,  Yellow  &  RocteEliain  fare,  Pipes,  Looting-Glasses, 


AIH1B 


ARTICLES. 

CHARLESTON,  S.  C. 


CHARLESTON,  So.  Ca. 

This  well-known  and  popular  first-class  Hotel,  situ- 
ated in  the  centre  of  the  City,  and  also  in  the  centre 
of  the  Wholesale  Business  Houses,  affords  facilities, 
comforts  and  attention  to  Travellers  for  pleasure,  and 
Merchants  on  business,  second  to  none  in  the  United 
States. 

Having  been  recently  thoroughly  repaired  and  newly 
furnished  throughout,  the  Proprietor  pledges  himself  to 
spare  no  pains  in  its  management  to  maintain  the  high 
reputation  heretofore  enjoyed  by  the  old  CHARLESTON 
as  a  first-class  house. 

E.  H.  JACKSON,  Prop'r. 

General  Railway  and  Steamship  Ticket  Office. 
Throug/i  Tickets  sold  by  Rail  to  all  points  in  the  United 
States,  and  by  Rail  or  Steamship  to  BALTIMORE, 
PHILADELPHIA  and  NEW  YORK. 

A.  BIHTERFIELD,  General  Ticket  Agent, 

CHARLESTON  HOTEL. 


The  First- Class  New- York  Built  Steamers 

DICTATOR,  Capt.  Yogel, 

CITY  POIIf,    -     -     -     Capt.  Fitzgerald, 


Connect    at  CHARLESTON    and    SAVANNAH   with  the  New    York 
Steamers  and   Northern  Trains  for 

SAVANNAH,  HE3ERNIA, 

FERNANDINA,  MAGNOLIA, 

JACKSONVILLE,  GREEN  COVE  SPRINGS, 

ST.  AUGUSTINE,  '  PALATKA, 

Including  all   Landings  on  the  ST.    JOHN'S  RIVER. 

CONNECT    AT    PALATKA    WITH    STEAMERS    FOR    ENTER- 
PRISE,   MELLONVILLE,    SANFORD,    AND    INDIAN 
RIVER,  ALSO   WITH   STEAMERS  FOR  THE 
OCKLAWAHA  RIVER. 

The  Steamers'are  of  the  safest  description,  and  especially  adapted  to  the 
service.  Comfortable  State  Rooms,  a  First-Class  Table,  and  attentive  em- 
ployees. Pleasure  seekers  or  invalids  will  find  this  the  most  enjoyable  and 
least  expensive  route  to  Florida,  and  the  only  one  by  which  the  beautiful 
scenery  of  the  lower  St.  John's  can  be  viewed. 

RAVENEL  &  CO.,  Agents, 

Oli a i*l est on,  S.  O. 


TO  PL«S  AND  FA1EBS. 


THE  CHARLESTON  FERTILIZER  COMPANY,  which  com- 
menced business  here  very  little  more  than  a  year  ago,  having  in  view  the 
object,  by  the  aid  of  their  Odorless  Excavating  Apparatus,  of  adding  to  the 
sanitary  condition  of  the  city,  by  removing  from  it  the  human  excreta  con- 
tained within  its  precincts,  are  now  prepared  in  further  carrying  out  the 
design  of  the  Company,  to  aid  the  planter  and  the  farmer  to  a  great  extent, 
by  placing  within  their  reach,  at  exceedingly  low  Time  and  Cash  prices,  a 

POUDRETTE, 

manufactured  from  this  material  into  the  portable  form  of  meal  or  snuff, 
which  will  be  put  up  in  bags  of  200  pounds  each,  sold  by  the  ton  of  10 
bags,  and  carefully  snipped  or  transported  to  any  point  desired. 

By  a  Circular  now  being  got  out,  it  will  be  seen  from  different  Certifi- 
cates, Analysis,  and  other  information  from  parties  who  know  by  test  the 
worth  of  the  PURE  POUDRETTE  sold  by  the  Charleston  Fertilizer 
Company,  that  it  is 

[qua!  to  any  Poudrede  Sold  in  this  Country, 

and  that,  in  point  of  fertilising  properties,  it  has  not  only  the  effect  of  very 
greatly  accelerating  maturity,  but  the  effect  also,  of  doubling  in  crops  on 
which  it  has  been  used  to  the  extent  of  SOO  pounds  to  the  acre,  their 
increase. 

The  undersigned.  Factors  and  Commission  Merchants  of  this  city,  have 
been  appointed  Agents  for  the  sale  of  this 

ADMIRABLE  POUDRETTE, 

and  may  be  addressed  on  the  subject,  either  directly  or  through  the 
business  office  of  the  Company,  No  £•*!.  Broad  Street,  Charleston  S.  C. 

JAMES  M.  CALDWELL  &  SON,  Agents, 

Accommodation  Wharf t 

CHARLESTON,  S.  C. 


's  North  Wltaxf, 

,   S.   C. 


OSWKLL  KKKDEil.  ZIMMKRMA.\   DAVIS. 


LIFE  INSURANCE  CO. 


Cash  Assets,      -     - 

Income,   over     1,OOO9OOO 


Hon.  JOHN  B.   GORDON,  PRESIDENT. 

Gen'l.  A.   H.   COLQUITT,  VICE-PRESIDENT. 

J.  A.  MORRIS,   ESg.,  SECRETARY. 


SAM'L.   Y.   TUPPER,    PPESIDENT. 

HENRY  GOURDIN,  VICE-PRESIDENT. 

C.   RICHARDSON  MILES,  ATTORNEY. 


C.    O.    WlTTE.  J.    R.    BOYLSTON.  H.    H.    DELEON. 

THEO.  D    JERVEY.  JNO.  F.  TAYLOR.  WM.  THAYER. 


G.W.  AIMAR, 


Wholesale  and  Retail  Dealer  in 


MEDICINES,  CHEMICALS, 

Perfumeries  and    ^  jjjf   Toilet  Articles, 

Cor.  King  and  fattier  ho  rst  Sts., 

CHARLESTON,  S.  C. 


IN- 


Corner  Broad  and  Church  Streets, 

e;H:A§LiaTO^§B  e. 

AGENT    FOR  ^AMIOON    5th    AVENUE    HATS. 


E.  FHAITK  COB'S 

BONE  SUPERPHOSPHATE  OF  LIME, 

This  article  used  by  more  than  a  thousand  planters 
and  never  complained  of  by  one. 


HOPSON  PINCKNEY,  Agent, 

At  the  Office  of  PINCKNEY  BROTHERS. 


1356. 


349  King  Street,  Charleston,  S.  C, 


MACHINES 


ATTACHMENTS,    FINDINGS,    ETC. 

Needles,  Thread,  Silk,  Oil,  and  everything  required  for  Sewing  Machines. 
.A-G-EITO-V  FOX* 

"WEED"  and  WILLCOX  &  GIBBS  MACHINES. 

Repairing  done  as  usual,  and  warranted.      Scissors  sharpened  and  set  in  the 
best  manner., 


TIN  AND  SHEET-IRON  WARE, 

Z3BA.3L.BRS    I3ST 

Stoves,  Ranps,  Grates,  Hoiise-Keepi  Goods,  Etc. 


A-GKEl-TTS 
Union  Kerosene  Stoves,  Vulcan  Gas  Stoves,  Duval's  Patent  Baker,  Hines' 

Combination  Cooker,   Excelsior  Fluting  Machine. 
t&jf  Circulars  Sent  Free  to  any   Address. 

THE   CELEBRATED   FERTILIZER. 

WILCOX,    GIESHS    &    CO.'S 

MAHIPULAT1B 

Prepared  at  Savannah,  Ga.,  and  Charleston,  S.C  ,  is  offered  for  Season  of 
1875  and  1876  on  LIBERAL  TERMS. 

THE  MANIPULATED  GUANO  on  the  crop  of  1875  has  fully 
sustained  its  previous  high  reputation,  and  from  its  almost  perfect  combina- 
tion of  Soluble  and  Bone-Earth  Phosphates,  Potash,  and  Ammonia,  as 
shown  by  its  effect  on  Cotton,  we  are  satisfied  no  better  Fertilizer  can  be 
made. 

S&j^"  Send  in  Orders  early  through  our  nearest  agents,  and  get  your 
Guanos  while  you  are  hauling  Cotton,  so  as  to  save  time  and  expense. 

WILCOX,  GIBBS  &  CO., 

Importers  and   Dealers  in  Guanos,  Savannah,  Ga.,  and   Charleston,  S.  C. 


J.    E.   TORLA.Y, 

(Successor  to  Dr.  WM.   A.  SKRINE,) 
1vi««i-     Street,     Charleston,     S.    O. 

Sole  Manufacturer  of  Epping's  Compound  Fluid  Extract  of 

Sarsaparilla  and  Queen's  Delight, 

AND  THE    CELEBRATED 

OOLLETOIV 


Country  Orders  from   Physicians   and    Families    solicited    and    promptly 
attended  to. 


E  3VE  T»  O  IR  I  TJ  IMI     OF     F  I  3ST 

rrir^izr  - 


T  S  . 


E7EEY  VAEIET7  OP  MOULDINGS,  WINDOW  COENICES, 

PlotoirapMc  Fraies,  Cori  an§  Tassel  Loojs,  Etc., 

No.  345  KING  STREET,  above  Liberty, 
CHARLESTON,   S.   C. 

ENGRAVINGS  AND  OIL  PAINTINGS  RENOVATED. 


WHOLESALE    AND    RETAIL. 

IDIR,.    EC. 

131   MEETING  STREET,  CHARLESTON,  S.  C. 

MY    ENTIRE    STOCK    IS    NEW. 

I  invite  special  attention  to  my  large  assortment  of  Drugs,  Chemicals,  Patent 
Medicines,  Perfumery,  Toilet  Goods,  and  every  thing  that  pertains  to  a  well 
appointed,  first-class  Drug  Store.  My  celebrated 

YEAST  OR  BAKING  POWDER 

Cm  be   had  as  before,  at  forty-five  cents  a  pound.     This   is  superior  to  any  in  the 
market. 

DR.  BAER'S  COUGH  MIXTURE 

His    afforded  relief  to  thousands  of  sufferers  ;  and  is  as  good  now  as  ever.      Price 
twenty-five  cents  a  bottle. 

EXCELSIOR  HAIR  TONIC 

Mikes  the  hair  grow,  and  is  free  from  all  injurious  drugs.    Price  fifty  cents  a  bottle 

GERMAN  SOOTHING  CORDIAL, 

Warranted  to  contain   NO    ANODYNE,  or  other  injurious  drug.      Price  twenty- 
five  cents,  or  five  bottles  for  one  dollar. 

DR.  BAER'S  ESSENCE  OF  JAMAICA  GINGER 

Is  equal  to  the  best  Extract  of  Ginger  in  the  land.   Sold  at  twenty-five  cents,  or  five 
bottles  for  one  dollar ;  large  bottles  thirty-five  cents,  or  three  bottles  for  one  dollar. 

DR.   BAER'S 
IMPROVED  VEGETABLE  CATHARTIC  PILLS 

Have  attained  great  celebrity.      They  never  fail  to  give  satisfaction.      Price  twenty 
five  cents  a  box.  or  five  boxes  for  one  dollar. 

DR.  BAER'S   ANTI-CHOLERA  MIXTURE, 

The  best  remedy  for  Diarrhoea.      Price  twenty-five  cents  a  bottle. 

I  am  Agent  for  the  FLUID  EXTRACTS,  SUGAR-COATED  PILLS  AND 
ELIXIRS,  and  other  Pharmaceutical  preparations  of  Wm.  R.  Warner  &  Co.,  of 
Philadelphia.  These  goods  have  attained  great  reputation,  and  justly  so;  for  they 
are  the  best  of  their  kind  offered  to  the  public. 

I  am  also  the  Agent  of  NATTAN'S  CRYSTAL  DISCOVERY,  for  the  hair. 
Price  one  dollar  a  bottle. 

I  also  have  a  full  assortment  of  the  UNIVERSITY  MEDICINES;  also,  a  full 
line  of  HOMCEOPATHIC  MEDICINES;  HUMPHREY'S  HOMCEO- 
PATHIC  SPECIFICS. 

H.  BAER. 


i 


-••^gssisfeaa^S^^ 

S050     7* 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


MJ  JAN  2  8 1986 


fu.  j  ID-URt 


Wfll 


1 


